[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

This commit is contained in:
Odoo Translation Bot 2023-10-15 01:40:34 +02:00
parent 78a26a0fa8
commit da69be08aa
58 changed files with 42449 additions and 31576 deletions

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -651,7 +651,6 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Los` im Pop-up für Detaillierte Vorgänge"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@ -2420,6 +2419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des Jahres."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
@ -2541,81 +2541,275 @@ msgstr "Zyklische Zählungen"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
"In den meisten Unternehmen wird der Bestand nur einmal im Jahr gezählt. "
"Deshalb wird nach einer Bestandsaufnahme in Odoo das geplante Datum für die "
"nächste Zählung standardmäßig auf den 31. Dezember festgelegt. Für einige "
"Unternehmen ist es jedoch entscheidend, jederzeit eine genaue "
"Bestandszählung zu haben."
"Bei den meisten Unternehmen muss der Lagerbestand nur einmal im Jahr gezählt"
" werden. Deshalb wird nach einer *Bestandsaufnahme* in Odoo standardmäßig "
"der 31. Dezember des laufenden Jahres als Termin für die nächste "
"Bestandszählung festgelegt."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
"Das Ziel von zyklischen Zählungen ist es, kritische Lagerbestände durch "
"häufigeres Zählen an den Hauptstandorten genau zu halten."
"Für einige Unternehmen ist es jedoch von entscheidender Bedeutung, jederzeit"
" über eine genaue Bestandszählung zu verfügen. Diese Unternehmen verwenden "
"*Zyklische Zählungen*, um kritische Lagerbestände genau zu halten. Zyklische"
" Zählungen ist eine Methode, bei der Unternehmen ihre Bestände an bestimmten"
" *Standorten* häufiger zählen, um sicherzustellen, dass ihre physischen "
"Bestandszählungen mit ihren Bestandsaufzeichnungen übereinstimmen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr "Lagerorte aktivieren"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""
"In Odoo sind die zyklische Zählungen standortabhängig. Die Häufigkeit der "
"Zählungen wird durch den Lagerort bestimmt. Um Lagerorte zu aktivieren, "
"gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> "
"Lagerhaus` und aktivieren Sie die Einstellung :guilabel:`Lagerorte`. Klicken"
" Sie anschließend auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Einstellung zu "
"übernehmen."
"In Odoo sind die zyklischen Zählungen standortbezogen. Daher muss die "
"Funktion *Lagerorte* aktiviert werden, bevor Sie eine zyklische Zählung "
"durchführen können."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager -->"
" Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, und scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt"
" :guilabel:`Lagerhaus`. Klicken Sie dann auf das Kontrollkästchen neben "
":guilabel:`Lagerorte`. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle "
"Änderungen zu speichern."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgstr "Lagerorte in Odoo-Einstellungen aktivieren."
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr "Aktivierte Einstellung der Lagerorte in den Lagereinstellungen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr "Inventurhäufigkeit ändern"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""
"Um die Inventurhäufigkeit eines Standortes zu ändern, klicken Sie auf "
":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr "Häufigkeit der Inventarzählung je Standort ändern"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Klicken Sie dann auf einen Standort, um die Standortseinstellungen zu "
"öffnen. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Legen Sie im Feld "
":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` die Anzahl der Tage fest. Für einen "
"Lagerort, der zum Beispiel alle 30 Tage eine Inventur benötigt, würde der "
"Wert der :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` auf `30` eingestellt. Sobald "
"Sie den Wert eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die"
" Einstellung für den Lagerort zu übernehmen. Sobald nun eine "
"Bestandsaufnahme an diesem Lagerort vorgenommen wird, wird das nächste "
"geplante Zähldatum automatisch auf der Grundlage der Anzahl der Tage in der "
"Einstellung :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` festgelegt."
"Jetzt, da die Einstellung der Lagerorte aktiviert ist, kann die Häufigkeit "
"der Inventurzählung für bestimmte im Lager angelegte Orte geändert werden."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Um Lagerorte anzuzeigen und zu bearbeiten, navigieren Sie zur "
":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`. Sie gelangen auf "
"die Seite :guilabel:`Lagerorte`, auf der alle derzeit erstellten und im "
"Lagerhaus aufgeführten Standorte aufgeführt sind."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""
"Klicken Sie auf dieser Seite auf einen Ort, um die Seite mit den "
"Einstellungen und der Konfiguration für diesen Lagerort aufzurufen. Klicken "
"Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, um die Lagerorteinstellungen zu bearbeiten."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""
"Suchen Sie unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Regelmäßige Zählung` das Feld "
":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)`, das auf `0` gesetzt sein sollte (wenn"
" dieser Lagerort nicht zuvor bearbeitet wurde). Ändern Sie in diesem Feld "
"den Wert auf die gewünschte Anzahl von Tagen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgstr "Bearbeitung eines Lagerortes, um die Inventurhäufigkeit zu ändern."
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr "Einstellung der Häufigkeit des Lagerorst."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""
"Bei einem Lagerort, der alle 30 Tage eine Inventur benötigt, sollte der Wert"
" :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` auf `30` gesetzt sein."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""
"Sobald Sie die Häufigkeit auf die gewünschte Anzahl von Tagen geändert "
"haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu "
"speichern. Sobald eine Bestandsaufnahme an diesem Lagerort vorgenommen wird,"
" wird das nächste geplante Zähldatum automatisch auf der Grundlage des in "
"das Feld :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` eingegebenen Wertes "
"festgelegt."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr "Inventur zählen je Lagerort"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""
"Um eine Zählung für einen bestimmten Standort im Lagerhaus durchzuführen, "
"navigieren Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge --> "
"Bestandsaufnahmen`. Sie gelangen auf die Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen`"
" mit allen Produkten, die derzeit auf Lager sind, wobei jedes Produkt in "
"einer eigenen Zeile aufgeführt ist."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""
"Von dieser Seite aus können Sie über die Schaltflächen :guilabel:`Filter` "
"und :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` (oben auf der Seite, unter der Leiste "
":guilabel:`Suchen ...`) bestimmte Orte auswählen und Bestandszählungen "
"durchführen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "Seite der Bestandsaufnahmen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""
"Um einen bestimmten Lagerort auszuwählen und alle Produkte innerhalb dieses "
"Lagerorts anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` und dann "
"auf :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte Gruppe hinzufügen`, um ein neues Drop-"
"down-Menü auf der rechten Seite zu öffnen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""
"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Lagerort` aus dem Drop-down-Menü und dann auf "
":guilabel:`Anwenden`. Auf der Seite werden nun komprimierte Drop-down-Menüs "
"für jeden Standort im Lagerhaus angezeigt, der Produkte auf Lager hat, und "
"es kann eine regelmäßige Zählung für alle Produkte an diesem Standort "
"durchgeführt werden."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""
"In großen Lagerhäusern mit mehreren Lagerorten und einer großen Anzahl von "
"Produkten ist es vielleicht einfacher, nach dem gewünschten Lagerort zu "
"suchen. Klicken Sie dazu auf der Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen` auf "
":guilabel:`Filter`. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierten "
"Filter hinzufügen`, um ein neues Menü auf der rechten Seite zu öffnen. "
"Klicken Sie auf dieses Menü, um drei Drop-down-Listen zu öffnen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""
"Klicken Sie für das erste Feld auf und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Lagerort` aus "
"der Drop-down-Liste. Für das zweite Feld lassen Sie den Wert "
":guilabel:`enthält` unverändert. In das dritte Feld geben Sie den Namen des "
"gesuchten Lagerortes ein. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Anwenden`, damit dieser"
" Ort auf der Seite erscheint."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
"Angewandte Filter und Gruppieren nach auf der Seite Bestandsanpassungen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr "Häufigkeit der vollständigen Inventarzählung ändern"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""
"Während regelmäßigen Zählungen in der Regel pro Lagerort durchgeführt "
"werden, kann das geplante Datum für vollständige Inventurzählungen aller im "
"Lager vorrätigen Waren auch manuell geändert werden, um den Termin vor das "
"angegebene Datum zu verlegen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""
"Um das standardmäßige geplante Datum zu ändern, gehen Sie zur "
":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Suchen Sie "
"dann im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` die Einstellung :guilabel:`Datum der "
"jährlichen Inventur`, die ein Drop-down-Menü enthält, das standardmäßig auf "
"den `31` :guilabel:`Dezember` eingestellt ist."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr "Häufigkeitsfeld in den Einstellungen der Lagerapp."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
"Um den Tag zu ändern, klicken Sie auf `31`, und ändern Sie es auf einen Tag "
"innerhalb des Bereichs `1-31`, je nach dem gewünschten Monat des Jahres."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie alle Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf "
":guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle Änderungen zu speichern."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@ -16371,6 +16565,330 @@ msgstr ""
"verwalten, die gefertigte Unterkomponenten erfordern, lesen Sie bitte "
":doc:`diese Dokumentation <sub_assemblies>` über Unterbaugruppen."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "Stücklisten für Produktvarianten verwalten"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -2661,10 +2661,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
msgstr "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
msgstr "Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat generieren"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
msgid ""
"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@ -2679,10 +2681,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
msgstr "Warnseite über den Verbindungsdatenschutz bei Google Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
msgstr "Warnseite auf Google Chrome, Windows 10"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
msgid ""
"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@ -2694,6 +2698,7 @@ msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Password` ein."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@ -2713,6 +2718,7 @@ msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Zurücksetzen` oder starten Sie den Drucker manuell neu."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
msgid ""
"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@ -2725,10 +2731,12 @@ msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Serverzertifikat` korrekt ausgewählt ist."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
msgstr "Ein Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat exportieren"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
msgid ""
"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@ -2744,10 +2752,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
msgstr "Wenn Sie **Google Chrome** nutzen,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@ -2761,12 +2771,14 @@ msgstr ""
"„Verbindung zum Drucker nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche im Google Chrome Browser."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
msgstr ""
"Gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`Details` und klicken Sie auf "
":guilabel:`Exportieren`;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
msgid ""
"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
"extension;"
@ -2775,6 +2787,7 @@ msgstr ""
" Datei die richtige Erweiterung hat;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
msgid ""
"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
"of the pop-up window;"
@ -2784,6 +2797,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
msgstr "Speichern Sie und das Zertifikat wurd exportiert."
@ -2798,16 +2813,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
msgstr "Wenn Sie **Mozilla Firefox** nutzen,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
msgstr ""
"klicken Sie auf das **Schloss-Symbol** auf der linken Seite der "
"Adressleiste;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
"Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@ -2821,10 +2839,12 @@ msgstr ""
"„Verbindung ist nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche im Mozilla-Firefox-Browser."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
msgstr "scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Sonstiges`;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
msgstr ""
"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Download`;"
@ -2966,8 +2986,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
msgstr "Mac OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
msgstr "Um eine Verbindung auf einem Mac sicherzustellen:"
msgid ""
"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
" steps:"
msgstr ""
"In Mac OS können Sie die Verbindung für alle Browser sichern, indem Sie die "
"folgenden Schritte ausführen:"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
msgid ""
@ -2992,10 +3016,39 @@ msgstr ""
"können."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
msgid ""
"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
msgstr ""
"Um ein SSL-Zertifikat zu erstellen und zu exportieren und es an IOS-Geräte "
"zu senden, öffnen Sie **Google Chrome** oder **Mozilla Firefox**. Dann,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
msgstr "Warnseite über den Verbindungsdatenschutz bei Google Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
msgstr "„Verbindung zum Drucker nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche in Google Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
msgid ""
"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
msgstr ""
"Achten Sie darauf, dass das Zertifikat mit der Erweiterung `.crt` endet. "
"Andernfalls finden einige Browser die Datei während des Importvorgangs "
"möglicherweise nicht."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
msgstr "„Verbindung ist nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche in Mozilla Firefox"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
msgid "Android OS"
msgstr "Android OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
@ -3006,21 +3059,21 @@ msgstr ""
"die `.crt`-Datei per E-Mail, Bluetooth oder USB auf das Gerät. Sobald sich "
"die Datei auf dem Gerät befindet,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
msgstr "öffnen Sie die Einstellungen und suchen Sie nach `Zertifikat`;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
msgstr ""
"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zertifikat AC` (Vom Gerätespeicher installieren);"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
msgstr ""
"wählen Sie die Zertifikatsdatei aus, um sie auf dem Gerät zu installieren."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
msgid ""
"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
"version of Android and the device manufacturer."
@ -3028,7 +3081,92 @@ msgstr ""
"Die spezifischen Schritte zur Installation eines Zertifikats können je nach "
"Android-Version und Gerätehersteller variieren."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
msgid "iOS"
msgstr "iOS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
msgstr ""
"Um ein SSL-Zertifikat in ein iOS-Gerät zu importieren, erstellen und "
"exportieren Sie es zunächst auf einem Computer. Übertragen Sie dann die "
"`.crt`-Datei per E-Mail, Bluetooth oder mit einem anderen Dienst zur "
"Dateifreigabe."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
msgid ""
"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
"second pop-up window. Then,"
msgstr ""
"Das Herunterladen dieser Datei löst ein Pop-up-Fenster mit einer Warnung "
"aus. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zulassen`, um das Konfigurationsprofil "
"herunterzuladen, und schließen Sie das zweite Pop-up-Fenster. Dann,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
msgstr "zur **Einstellungen-App** auf dem iOS-Gerät;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
msgstr ""
"klicken Sie unter der Infobox des Benurters auf :guilabel:`Profile "
"Downloaded` (Profil heruntergeladen);"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
msgstr "suchen Sie die `.crt`-Datei und wählen Sie sie aus;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
msgstr ""
"klicken Sie oben rechts im Bildschirm auf :guilabel:`Install` "
"(Installieren);"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
msgstr ""
"geben Sie das Kennwort ein, wenn auf dem Gerät ein Kennwort eingestellt ist;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
" and the pop-up window;"
msgstr ""
"klicken Sie oben rechts auf dem Warnbildschirm des Zertifikats und dem Pop-"
"up-Fenster auf :guilabel:`Install` (Installieren);"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Done` (Erledigt)."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
msgid ""
"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
"so,"
msgstr ""
"Das Zertifikat ist installiert, muss aber noch authentifiziert werden. Dazu"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
"Settings`;"
msgstr ""
"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemein --> Über--> "
"Einstellungen zu Zertifikatsvertrauenswürdigkeit`"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
msgstr "aktivieren Sie das installierte Zertifikat mit dem **Schieberegler**;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
msgstr "klicken Sie im Pop-up-Fenster auf :guilabel:`Fortfahren`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
msgid ""
"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@ -3040,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nach `SSL-Zertifikat exportieren` + `Name Ihres Browsers oder "
"Betriebssystems`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
msgid ""
"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
@ -3051,11 +3189,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Zertifikat-Stammbehörde importieren` + `Name Ihres Browsers oder "
"Betriebssystems`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
msgstr "Prüfen, ob das Zertifikat korrekt importiert wurde"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
msgid ""
"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@ -6335,12 +6473,13 @@ msgid ""
"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
"TaxCloud."
"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
msgstr ""
"Für :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`-Benutzer: "
"Rechnungen, die aus Amazon-Bestellungen erstellt wurden, werden **nicht** "
"mit TaxCloud synchronisiert, da Amazon sie bereits in seinen eigenen "
"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht."
"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht. (Entfernung der TaxCloud-Integration "
"in Odoo 17+)"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
msgid "Register payments"

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -198,41 +198,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr "Meine Produkte verwalten"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr "So zeigen Sie mehrere Bilder pro Produkt an"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
"Standardmäßig zeigt Ihre Produktwebseite nur das Hauptbild Ihres Produkts. "
"Wenn Sie Ihre Produkte aus verschiedenen Blickwinkeln zeigen möchten, können"
" Sie das Bild in ein Karussell verwandeln."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
"Markieren Sie *Mehrere Bilder pro Produkt* in :menuselection:`Website Admin "
"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
"Öffnen Sie ein Produktdetailformular und laden Sie Bilder auf der "
"Registerkarte *Bilder* hoch. Klicken Sie im Bearbeitungsmodus auf "
"*Erstellen*, um den Upload-Assistenten aufzurufen."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
"Solche zusätzlichen Bilder werden vor allem für Produktvarianten verwendet, "
"sofern es welche gibt."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Product variants"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@tecnativa.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
# Lucia Pacheco, 2023
# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -666,7 +666,6 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` en la ventana emergente de operaciones detalladas"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@ -2430,6 +2429,7 @@ msgstr ""
" que quiera."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
@ -2554,81 +2554,276 @@ msgstr "Conteo por ciclos"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
"En la mayoría de las empresas, el inventario se cuenta una vez al año. Por "
"eso la siguiente fecha de conteo que se configura de manera automática "
"después de realizar un ajuste de inventario es el 31 de diciembre. Sin "
"embargo, para algunas empresas es muy importante tener un conteo de "
"inventario correcto en todo momento."
"Para la mayoría de las empresas solo es necesario recontar el inventario una"
" vez al año. es por eso que, por defecto, después de hacer un *ajuste de "
"inventario* en Odoo, la fecha del próximo recuento de inventario se "
"programará para el 31 de diciembre del año en curso. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
"La meta de hacer conteo por ciclos es asegurarnos de que los niveles de "
"inventario importantes se mantienen correctos en ubicaciones importantes-"
"Sin embargo, para algunas empresas es esencial contar con un conteo de "
"inventario correcto en todo momento. Estas empresas usan *recuentos "
"cíclicos* para mantener los niveles de inventario importantes actualizados. "
"El recuento cíclico es un método que las empresas usan para contar su "
"inventario más seguido en algunas *ubicaciones* para asegurarse de que el "
"inventario físico va con los registros de su inventario. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr "Activar ubicaciones de inventario"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""
"En Odoo, los conteos por ciclo dependen de las ubicaciones; usted define la "
"frecuencia de las cuentas según la ubicación del almacén. Para activar las "
"ubicaciones de almacenes vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración"
" --> Ajustes --> Almacén` y active la opción :guilabel:`Opciones de "
"almacenamiento`. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar los"
" ajustes."
"En Odoo, los recuentos cíclicos se realizan según la ubicación. Por eso "
"necesita activar la función *ubicaciones de inventario* antes de realizar un"
" recuento cíclico. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Para activar esta función, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Inventario "
"--> Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje a la sección :guilabel:`Almacén`. Haga"
" clic en la casilla de verificación junto a :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de "
"almacenamiento` y guarde los cambios. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgstr "Activar las ubicaciones de inventario en los ajustes de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr "Cambie la frecuencia de inventario"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"Para cambiar la frecuencia de inventario de una ubicación, primero vaya a "
"las ubicaciones :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
"Ubicaciones`."
"Imagen donde se muestra la función ubicaciones de almacenamiento activada en"
" los ajustes de inventario. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr "Cambiar la frecuencia del recuento de inventario por ubicación"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Después, haga clic en una ubicación para abrir los ajustes de la ubicación y"
" haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. En el campo de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de "
"inventario (días)` configure el número de días. Por ejemplo, una ubicación "
"en la que se necesita contar el inventario cada 30 días, configurará el "
"valor de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)` a `30`. Una vez que "
"ingresó el valor, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar el ajuste en"
" la ubicación. Ya que se aplicó el ajuste de inventario en esta ubicación, "
"la siguiente fecha de conteo se programará según el número de días que se "
"ingresó en el ajuste :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`."
"Ya que activó la función ubicaciones de almacenamiento, puede cambiar la "
"frecuencia del recuento de inventario dependiendo de las ubicaciones "
"específicas que se crear en un almacén. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Para ver y editar ubicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación "
"Inventario --> Configuración --> ubicaciones`. Esto le mostrará la página de"
" :guilabel:`Ubicaciones` donde están todas las ubicaciones que se crearon y "
"se enlistaron dentro del almacén. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""
"Desde esta página, haga clic en una ubicación para mostrar la página de "
"ajustes e esa ubicación en específico. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para "
"editar los ajustes de la ubicación. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""
"En la sección :guilabel:`Conteo cíclico` ubique el campo "
":guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`, que debería estar configurado a"
" `0` (si no se ha editado la ubicación antes). En este campo cambie el valor"
" a cualquier número de días que quiera."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgstr "Edite una ubicación para cambiar la frecuencia de inventario."
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr "Ajuste de frecuencia en la ubicación."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""
"Una ubicación que necesita un recuento de inventario cada 30 días debe tener"
" el valor de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)` en 30. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""
"Ya que se cambió la frecuencia al número de días deseados, haga clic en "
":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. Ahora, cuando se aplique un "
"ajuste de inventario en esta ubicación, la siguiente fecha de recuento "
"programada se configurará en automático, según el valor que se ingresó en el"
" campo :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr "Recuento de inventario por ubicación"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""
"Para realizar un recuento cíclico en una ubicación en específico dentro de "
"un almacén, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Inventario --> "
"Operaciones --> Ajustes de inventario`. Se le redirigirá a una página de "
":guilabel:`ajustes de inventario` que contenga todos los productos que están"
" en existencias actualmente, con cada producto enlistado en cada línea. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""
"Desde esta página puede usar los botones :guilabel:`Filtros` y "
":guilabel:`Agrupar por` (que se encuentran en la parte superior de la "
"página, debajo de la barra :guilabel:`Buscar...`) para seleccionar "
"ubicaciones específicas y realizar recuentos de inventario. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "Página de ajustes de inventario. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""
"Para seleccionar una ubicación específica y ver todos los productos dentro "
"de esa ubicación, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agrupar por` y luego en "
":guilabel:`Agregar un grupo específico` para mostrar un nuevo menú "
"desplegable a la derecha. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""
"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Ubicación` en el menú desplegable y después en "
":guilabel:`Aplicar`. Ahora podrá ver menús desplegables condensados para "
"cada ubicación en el almacén que tenga productos en existencia. Podrá "
"realizar el recuento cíclico para todos los productos de esa ubicación. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""
"En almacenes grandes que tengan varias ubicaciones y un gran número de "
"productos, es probable que sea más fácil buscar la ubicación específica que "
"quiere. Para hacer esto, desde la página :guilabel:`Ajustes de inventario` "
"haga clic en :guilabel:`Filtros`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar filtro "
"personalizado` para mostrar un nuevo menú en la parte derecha. Si hace clic "
"en este menú, se mostrarán tres menús desplegables. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""
"Para el primer campo, haga clic y seleccione :guilabel:`Ubicación` en el "
"menú desplegable. Para el segundo campo, deje el valor :guilabel:`contiene` "
"tal cual está. Para el tercer campo, escriba el nombre de la ubicación que "
"está buscando. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Aplicar` para que esa ubicación "
"aparezca en la página. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
"Imagen en la que se muestran los filtros aplicados así como la opción "
"agrupar por en la página de ajustes. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr "Cambiar la frecuencia de los recuentos de todo el inventario"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""
"Usualmente los recuentos cíclicos se realizan por ubicación, pero la fecha "
"programada para hacer un recuento de todo el inventario dentro de un almacén"
" también se puede cambiar de manera manual para que la fecha sea antes de la"
" que se muestra. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""
"Para modificar la fecha planeada predeterminada vaya a :menuselection:`la "
"aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Después, en la sección"
" :guilabel:`Operaciones`, encuentre el campo :guilabel:`Día y mes del "
"inventario anual`, el cual incluye un menú desplegable que está configurado "
"al `31` de :guilabel:`diciembre` por defecto. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr ""
"Imagen que muestra el campo frecuencia en los ajustes de la aplicación "
"Inventario. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
"Para cambiar el día, haga clic en el `31` y cámbielo a un día que entre en "
"el rango `1-31`, según el mes del año que desea. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr "Ya que realizó todos los cambios, guárdelos. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@ -16330,6 +16525,485 @@ msgstr ""
"requieren subcomponentes fabricados, consulte la :doc:`siguiente "
"documentación <sub_assemblies>` sobre subensamblajes."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr "Fabricar órdenes parciales"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""
"En algunos casos, no es posible producir la cantidad total de una orden de "
"fabricación de forma inmediata. Cuando esto ocurre, la aplicación "
"*Fabricación* de Odoo permite fabricar una parte del pedido y crea una "
"*orden parcial* para la cantidad restante."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""
"Cuando crea una orden parcial en la aplicación *Fabricación*, la orden de "
"fabricación original se divide en dos. La etiqueta de referencia para cada "
"orden es la que se utiliza en la orden original, seguida de un guion y un "
"número adicional para indicar que se trata de una orden parcial."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""
"Una empresa crea una orden de fabricación con la etiqueta de referencia "
"*WH/MO/00175* para 10 unidades del *producto X*. Después de comenzar a "
"trabajar en la orden de fabricación, el empleado que trabaja en la línea de "
"producción se da cuenta de que solo hay suficientes componentes en sus "
"existencias para producir cinco unidades del producto."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""
"En lugar de esperar las existencias adicionales de los componentes, fabrica "
"cinco unidades y crea una orden parcial para los cinco productos restantes. "
"Esto divide la orden de fabricación en dos órdenes separadas, "
"*WH/MO/00175-001* y *WH/MO/00175-002*."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""
"La orden *001* incluye las cinco unidades fabricadas y se marca "
"inmediatamente como :guilabel:`Hecha`. La orden *002* incluye las cinco "
"unidades que todavía deben fabricarse y está marcada como :guilabel:`En "
"progreso`. Una vez que los componentes restantes están disponibles, el "
"empleado vuelve a la orden *002* y fabrica las unidades restantes antes de "
"cerrar la orden."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr "Crear una orden parcial de fabricación"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Para crear una orden parcial para una parte de una orden de fabricación, "
"vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Ordenes de "
"fabricación`. Seleccione una orden de fabricación con una cantidad de dos o "
"más o haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""
"Si está creando una nueva orden de fabricación, seleccione un "
":guilabel:`producto` en el menú desplegable e ingrese una "
":guilabel:`cantidad` de dos o más en el campo correspondiente. Por último, "
":guilabel:`confirme` la orden."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"Después de fabricar la cantidad que se está produciendo de forma inmediata, "
"ingrese ese número en el campo :guilabel:`cantidad` en la parte superior de "
"la orden de fabricación."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "El campo de cantidad en una orden de fabricación."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""
"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` y aparecerá una ventana emergente "
"con el mensaje :guilabel:`Produjo menos que la demanda inicial`, desde allí "
"puede crear una orden parcial. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear orden parcial` "
"para dividir la orden de fabricación en dos órdenes separadas con las "
"etiquetas de referencia *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* y *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"El botón Crear orden parcial en la ventana emergente \"Produjo menos que la "
"demanda inicial\"."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""
"La orden *001* incluye los artículos que se fabricaron y se cierra de "
"inmediato, mientras que la orden *002* es la orden parcial que incluye los "
"artículos que aún no se han fabricado, además permanece abierta que pueda "
"completarse después."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que pueda fabricar las unidades restantes, aya a "
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y "
"seleccione la orden parcial de fabricación. Si todas las unidades restantes "
"se fabrican de inmediato, solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para cerrar "
"la orden."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""
"Si solo algunas de las unidades restantes se fabrican en ese momento, cree "
"otra orden parcial para las otras. Debe seguir los pasos detallados en esta "
"sección."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr "Crear una orden parcial desde la vista de tableta"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""
"También puede crear ordenes parciales de fabricación desde la vista de "
"tableta de la orden de trabajo."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""
"Para utilizar la vista de tableta, el ajuste *Órdenes de trabajo* debe estar"
" habilitado. Vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> "
"Ajustes` y allí seleccione la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Órdenes de "
"trabajo`, luego :guilabel:`guarde` los cambios. Esto hace que la pestaña "
":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` aparezca en las órdenes de fabricación, desde"
" la cual se puede abrir la vista de tableta."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""
"El ajuste \"Órdenes de trabajo\" en la página de configuración de "
"Fabricación."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Para crear una orden parcial desde la vista de tableta, vaya a "
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación`. "
"Seleccione una orden de fabricación con una cantidad de dos o más o haga "
"clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""
"Después de confirmar la orden de fabricación, seleccione la pestaña "
":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`📱 (vista "
"de tableta)` ubicado en la línea de la primera orden de trabajo para acceder"
" a la vista de tableta."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"El botón de vista de tableta para una orden de trabajo en una orden de "
"fabricación."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que se encuentre en la vista de la tableta, ingrese la cantidad a "
"fabricar de forma inmediata en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` que se ubica en"
" la parte superior izquierda."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr "El campo Unidades en la vista de tableta."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""
"Los pasos para el resto del flujo de trabajo dependen de si la orden de "
"fabricación que se procesa requiere que termine una sola orden de trabajo o "
"varias."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr "Una sola orden de trabajo"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""
"Si la orden de fabricación requiere que termine una sola orden de trabajo, "
"complétela y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como hecho y cerrar orden "
"de fabricación`. La orden de fabricación se cierra y de forma automática se "
"crea una orden parcial para las unidades que restan por fabricar."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""
"El botón \"Marcar como hecho y cerrar orden de fabricación\" en la vista de "
"tableta de una orden de trabajo."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que pueda fabricar las unidades restantes, vaya a "
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y "
"seleccione la orden de fabricación parcial. Su nombre incluye la etiqueta de"
" referencia de la orden parcial original con *002* al final."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""
"En la orden de fabricación parcial, seleccione la pestaña "
":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`📱 (vista "
"de tableta)` que está ubicado en la línea de la orden de trabajo. Si todas "
"la unidades de la orden parcial se van a completar inmediatamente, solo haga"
" clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar orden de fabricación` "
"después de completar la orden de fabricación. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
"Si solo alguna de las unidades se fabricarán de manera inmediata, escriba el"
" número en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` del lado superior izquierdo en la "
"vista de tableta y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y "
"cerrar la orden de fabricación` para crear otra orden parcial para las "
"unidades restantes. La nueva orden parcial se puede procesar con las "
"instrucciones dadas en esta sección. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr "Varias órdenes de trabajo"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""
"Si la orden de fabricación requiere que se completen varias órdenes de "
"trabajo, finalice la primera orden de trabajo y luego haga clic en "
":guilabel:`Registrar producción`. Esto dividirá la orden de fabricación en "
"dos órdenes llamadas *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* y *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, *XXXXX* "
"refiriéndose al número original de la orden. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr "Botón de registrar producción en una orden de trabajo. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""
"De manera predeterminada, la vista de tableta muestra la primera orden de "
"trabajo para la orden de fabricación *002*. Puesto que esta orden de "
"fabricación no se completará de manera inmediata, salga de la vista de "
"tableta haciendo clic dos veces en el botón :guilabel:`⬅️ (regresar)`. De "
"esta manera, ira a la orden *001*. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"Para finalizar la orden *001*, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de "
"trabajo` y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`vista de tableta` ubicado en "
"la línea junto a la orden de trabajo. Finalmente, complete las órdenes de "
"trabajo restantes y haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar "
"la orden de fabricación` para cerrar la orden de fabricación "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Un vez que las unidades estén listas para fabricarse, vaya a "
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación`, "
"luego seleccione la orden *002*. Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de"
" trabajo` y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`vista de tableta` ubicado en"
" la línea de la primera orden de trabajo. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""
"Si todas las unidades de la orden parcial se completarán inmediatamente, "
"solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar la orden de "
"fabricación` después de que finalicen todas las órdenes de trabajo. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""
"Si solo algunas de las unidades restantes se fabricaran inmediatamente, "
"escriba el número del campo :guilabel:`Unidades` ubicado en la parte "
"superior izquierda en la vista de tableta y luego haga clic en "
":guilabel:`Registrar producción` para crear una orden parcial adicional para"
" las unidades restantes. Aparecerá con un *003* al final de su etiqueta de "
"referencia. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
"Las órdenes parciales *002* y *003* se pueden completar siguiendo los pasos "
"descritos en esta sección. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""
"También puede crear una orden parcial en medio de una orden de fabricación "
"cuando algunas de las órdenes de trabajo ya se han completado. Al hacerlo, "
"las órdenes de trabajo se marcarán como :guilabel:`Completadas` en la orden "
"parcial. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""
"Una orden de fabricación para cuatro sillas requiere que se completen dos "
"órdenes de trabajo: *Pintura* y *Ensamblaje*. Mientras que la orden para "
"pintar se puede completar inmediatamente para las cuatro sillas, no hay "
"suficientes tornillos para ensamblar dos. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""
"Por ello, el empleado responsable de producir las sillas comienza pintando "
"todas y marcando la orden de trabajo de *Pintura* como "
":guilabel:`Completada` para todas. Después, pasan a la orden de trabajo de "
"*Ensamblaje*. Se pueden ensamblar solo dos de las cuatro sillas, por lo que "
"deberá escribir dos en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` en la vista de tableta "
"y hacer clic en :guilabel:`Registrar producción`. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
"Se creará una orden parcial de fabricación para las dos sillas restantes. En"
" dicha orden parcial, la orden de trabajo de *Pintura* ya estará marcada "
"como :guilabel:`Completada` y solo faltará completar la orden de trabajo de "
"*Ensamblaje*. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que tenga mas tornillos disponibles, los empelados de fabricación "
"terminarán de ensamblar las sillas restantes y tendrán que hacer clic en "
":guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar orden de fabricación` para "
"completar la orden de trabajo de *Ensamblaje* y así cerrar la orden parcial "
"de fabricación. "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "Gestionar LdM para variantes de productos"
@ -17881,8 +18555,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
msgstr ""
"Desactive los centros de trabajo utilizando la aplicación Tiempo personal. "
msgstr "Desactivar centros de trabajo mediante la aplicación Tiempo personal"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
msgid ""

View File

@ -11,19 +11,19 @@
# Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
# Lucia Pacheco, 2023
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
# Lucia Pacheco, 2023
# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -2802,7 +2802,7 @@ msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
msgid "Cash drawer"
msgstr "Caja registradora"
@ -2812,7 +2812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"La caja registradora debe estar conectada a la impresora con un cable RJ25."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
msgid "Barcode scanner"
msgstr "Lector de código de barras"
@ -3126,10 +3126,604 @@ msgstr ""
"seleccionó ningún controlador para esas impresoras."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
msgid "Epson configuration special case"
msgstr "Caso especial de uso de Epson"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
msgid ""
"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
"models do not support this command:"
msgstr ""
"La mayoría de las impresoras Epson pueden imprimir recibos desde el "
":guilabel:`Punto de venta de Odoo` con el comando `GS v 0`. Sin embargo, los"
" siguientes modelos de impresoras Epson no son compatibles con el comando;"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "TM-U220"
msgstr "TM-U220"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
msgid "TM-U230"
msgstr "TM-U230"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "TM-P60"
msgstr "TM-P60"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
msgid "TMP-P60II"
msgstr "TMP-P60II"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
msgid ""
"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
"instead."
msgstr ""
"Para solucionar este problema, configure la impresora para que use el "
"comando `ESC *` para esto mejor."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
msgstr "Proceso para forzar el comando ESC*"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
msgstr "Compatibilidad de la impresora Epson"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
msgid ""
"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
" command."
msgstr ""
"El primer paso es revisar si una impresora no es compatible con el comando "
"`GS v 0`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid ""
"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
"`Documentación de Epson GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ para impresoras "
"compatibles con `GS v 0`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
"`Documentación Epson ESC* <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ para impresoras "
"compatibles con `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid ""
"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
"Si la impresora no es compatible con el comando `ESC *` entonces no será "
"posible realizar el siguiente proceso. Si la impresora es compatible con el "
"uso del comando `ESC *` para imprimir, siga este proceso para configurar la "
"impresora con la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas, por sus siglas en "
"inglés)`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
msgstr "configuración de la caja IoT para ESC*"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
msgid ""
"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
"Things)` box homepage."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar el uso del comando `ESC *` para imprimir en la caja "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa en inglés)` vaya a la "
"página de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa"
" en inglés)` desde :menuselection:`la aplicación IoT --> cajas IoT`. Después"
" haga clic en la :guilabel:`dirección IP`, así se le redirigirá a la página "
"de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa en "
"inglés)`. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
msgstr "**Al elegir la impresora**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
msgid ""
"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
msgstr ""
"Ahora haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Printers server` (servidores de "
"impresoras). Esto lo redirigirá a la página de *CUPS*. Después, vaya a "
":menuselection:`Administración --> Impresoras --> Agregar una impresora`, "
"elija la impresora que se tiene que modificar y haga clic en "
":guilabel:`Continuar`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
msgid ""
"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
msgstr ""
"Si todavía no sabe el nombre de la impresora, siga los siguientes pasos:"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
msgstr "Fíjese qué impresoras están enlistadas en la página *CUPS*. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
msgstr "Apague la impresora y vuelva a cargar la página. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
"disappeared."
msgstr "Ahora compare las listas para encontrar qué impresora desapareció."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
msgstr "Vuelva a prender la impresora y recargue la página."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
msgid ""
"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
"the name of the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
msgid ""
"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
" *` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
msgid ""
"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
msgid ""
"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
"*`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
msgid ""
"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
msgid ""
"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
msgstr ""
"`100` es el tamaño original, `50` es la mitad del tamaño y `200` es el doble"
" del tamaño."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
msgid ""
"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
" specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid ""
"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
" not specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
msgid ""
"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
"depending on the printer model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
msgid ""
"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
"these parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid "Proper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
msgid ""
"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
"might not have the expected printed output):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> El nombre no debe incluir espacios."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II` -> El nombre es correcto, pero no hace uso de `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> El nombre no incluye `__` al final."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
" parameters."
msgstr ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> El parámetro `XDV` no coincide con ningún "
"parámetro existente."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
"value."
msgstr ""
"`EPSONTMm30II_IMC_SCALE_` -> El parámetro `SCALE` no incluye el valor con la"
" escala."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
msgstr "**Terminar de agregar una impresora**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
msgid ""
"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
"Después de asignar un nombre a la impresora con la convención de "
"nomenclatura adecuada, haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar`. A continuación, "
"en el valor :guilabel:`Crear` seleccione :guilabel:`Sin procesar` y para el "
"valor :guilabel:`Modelo` seleccione :guilabel:`Cola sin procesar (en)`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
msgstr ""
"Tras completar estos pasos, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar impresora`. Si "
"no ocurrió ningún error, se le redirigirá a la página de *banners*."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
msgid ""
"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
"server (this could take a few minutes)."
msgstr ""
"En este punto la impresora debería haber sido creada, ahora la caja "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)` solo necesita detectarla y luego "
"sincronizarla con el servidor de Odoo (esto podría tardar unos minutos)."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
msgstr "**Agregar la impresora al PdV de Odoo**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
msgid ""
"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que la impresora aparece en la base de datos de Odoo, debe elegirla "
"en la configuración del :abbr:`PdV (Punto de venta)` como la impresora "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)`. Vaya a la aplicación "
":menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Ajustes --> Dispositivos conectados --> "
"Caja IoT --> Impresora de recibos --> Guardar`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
msgid ""
"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
msgstr ""
"Si la impresora se configuró de forma incorrecta (todavía imprime texto "
"aleatorio o el recibo impreso es demasiado grande o pequeño), no se puede "
"modificar mediante el nombre de la impresora con *CUPS*. Puede repetir el "
"proceso anterior para configurar otra impresora desde cero para crear una "
"con los parámetros modificados."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
msgstr "**Ejemplo de configuración de la impresora Epson TM-U220B con ESC**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
msgid ""
"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
" theory):"
msgstr ""
"El siguiente es un ejemplo del proceso de solución de problemas para el "
"modelo TM-U220B con el comando `ESC *`. El recibo que aparece a continuación"
" ejemplifica un recibo que se imprime correctamente debido al formato "
"adecuado (en teoría):"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
msgstr ""
"Imagen de un recibo con un formato correcto impreso desde una base de datos "
"de demostración."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
msgid ""
"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
"random characters will print:"
msgstr ""
"Si intenta imprimir este recibo antes de configurar el formato adecuado, "
"imprimirá caracteres aleatorios, ya que el modelo TM-U220B no es compatible "
"con `GS v 0`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
msgstr "Papel de impresora con caracteres aparentemente aleatorios."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
msgid ""
"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
"the following steps."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar correctamente el formato para el modelo TM-U220B de la "
"impresora Epson, debe seguir los siguientes pasos."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
msgid ""
"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
"`ESC *`."
msgstr ""
"Luego de consultar el sitio web de Epson para verificar la compatibilidad de"
" los comandos `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ y `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, puede observar que el"
" modelo TM-U220B no es compatible con `GS v 0`, pero sí con `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
msgstr "Evaluación de compatibilidad de Epson en su sitio web."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
msgid ""
"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
msgstr ""
"Al agregar la impresora, *CUPS* preguntará qué impresora se debe agregar:"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
msgstr "Selección para agregar impresora en el menú de administración."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
msgid ""
"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
"the printer in question."
msgstr ""
"En este caso, la impresora está conectada por :abbr:`USB (Bus serie "
"universal)` así que no aparecerá en las :guilabel:`impresoras descubiertas "
"en la red`. En su lugar, es probable que aparezca en la selección "
":guilabel:`desconocida` en :guilabel:`impresoras locales`. Al desconectar el"
" cable :abbr:`USB (Bus serie universal)` de la impresora de la caja "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)` y actualizar la página, la impresora "
":guilabel:`desconocida` desaparece. Al conectarla de nuevo, vuelve a "
"aparecer, por lo que se puede decir que esta es la impresora en cuestión."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
msgid ""
"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
" the *density* parameters."
msgstr ""
"Es importante agregar `__IMC` a la nomenclatura del nombre, pues necesitará "
"imprimir usando el comando `ESC *`. Consulte el sitio web del modelo de la "
"impresora en `el sitio web de Epson ESC * <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ para obtener mas "
"información acerca de los parámetros de *densidad*. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
msgstr ""
"Especificaciones de la impresora Epson TM-U220 en el sitio web del "
"fabricante. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
msgid ""
"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
" printed)."
msgstr ""
"Para el modelo particular TM-U220, el valor de `m` debe ser igual a 0 o 1. "
"Al referenciar la caja rosa de :guilabel:`Descripción` en la imagen "
"anterior, los valores de `m` pueden ser 0, 1, 32 o 33. En el caso de esta "
"impresora, el valor de `m` NO pueden ser 32 o 33 (de lo contrario se "
"imprimirán caracteres al azar). "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
msgid ""
"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
"La tabla incluye los siguientes valores numéricos: 32 y 33, los cuáles "
"ocurren si el :guilabel:`Número de bits para datos verticales` está "
"establecido en 24. Esto significa que es una *Alta densidad vertical*. En "
"caso de configurar la Epson TM-U220, deberá forzar la *Baja densidad "
"vertical*, pues el modelo de la impresora no es compatible con una *Alta "
"densidad vertical* para el comando `ESC *`. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
msgid ""
"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
"convention."
msgstr ""
"Para agregar una *Baja densidad vertical*, agregue el parámetro `LDV` a la "
"nomenclatura del nombre. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
msgstr ""
"Agregue una *Baja densidad vertical* (el parámetro `LDV`) a la nomenclatura"
" del nombre. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar` para proceder. Luego, establezca el "
"valor :guilabel:`Hacer` a :guilabel:`Raw` y para el modelo "
":guilabel:`Modelo` establézcalo en :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
msgstr ""
"Especificaciones para Epson TM-U220 en el sitio web de los fabricantes."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
msgid ""
"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
msgstr ""
"Sin embargo, al intentar imprimir con la nomenclatura del nombre: "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, se imprimirá el recibo, pero será muy grande y se"
" saldrá del margen. Para solucionar esto, agregue una nueva impresora (y la "
"nomenclatura del nombre) con el parámetro `SCALE<X>` para adaptar el tamaño"
" del recibo."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
msgid "Here are some examples:"
msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos:"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
msgstr "Convención sobre el nombre de impresoras "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt example format."
msgstr "Formato de un recibo de ejemplo."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
msgstr "Formato del recibo usando la convención: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
msgstr ""
"Formato de un recibo usando la convención de nombre: "
"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__. "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
msgstr ""
"Formato del recibo usando la convención de nombre: "
"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
msgstr ""
"Formato del recibo usando la convención de nombre: "
"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr "La impresora Zebra no imprime nada"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
@ -3145,7 +3739,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Interfaz de usuario --> Vistas` en el :ref:`modo de desarrollador "
"<developer-mode>` y busque la plantilla correspondiente."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
msgid ""
"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
@ -3156,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-a-zpl-file-using-the-"
"Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
"Los caracteres leídos por el lector de códigos de barras no corresponden con"
" el código de barras"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
msgid ""
"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@ -3175,11 +3769,11 @@ msgstr ""
"formulario del dispositivo (aplicación :menuselection:`IoT --> Dispositivos "
"--> Dispositivo de código de barras`) y seleccione el formato correcto."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr "No pasa nada al escanear un código de barras"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@ -3193,11 +3787,11 @@ msgstr ""
"barras. Para ello, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> "
"Menú de tres puntos en el PdV --> Sección caja IoT --> Editar`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr "El lector de códigos de barras se detecta como un teclado"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
@ -3206,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Algunos lectores de código de barras no se anuncian como lectores de código "
"de barras, sino como teclados USB y la caja IoT no los reconocerá."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
msgid ""
"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@ -3221,11 +3815,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
msgstr "Modificar la vista de formulario del lector de códigos de barras."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
msgstr "La caja registradora no abre"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
msgid ""
"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -2607,10 +2607,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
msgstr "Windows 10 y Linux OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
msgstr "Genere un certificado autofirmado"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
msgid ""
"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@ -2627,10 +2629,12 @@ msgstr ""
"página de advertencia sobre la privacidad de la conexión de Google Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
msgstr "Página de advertencia de Google Chrome en Windows 10"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
msgid ""
"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@ -2642,6 +2646,7 @@ msgstr ""
"serie de la impresora."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@ -2661,6 +2666,7 @@ msgstr ""
" reinicie la impresora manualmente."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
msgid ""
"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@ -2674,10 +2680,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(certificado del servidor)."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
msgstr "Exportar un certificado autofirmado"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
msgid ""
"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@ -2693,10 +2701,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
msgstr "Si está usando **Google chrome**,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@ -2710,11 +2720,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Botón del navegador de Chrome que indica que la conexión no es segura."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
msgstr ""
"vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Detalles` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Exportar`;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
msgid ""
"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
"extension;"
@ -2723,6 +2735,7 @@ msgstr ""
" extensión correcta."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
msgid ""
"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
"of the pop-up window;"
@ -2733,6 +2746,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
msgstr "guárdelo y habrá exportado el certificado."
@ -2747,16 +2762,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
msgstr "Si está usando **Mozilla Firefox**,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
msgstr ""
"haga clic en el icono **en forma de cerradura** que se encuentra a la "
"izquierda de la barra;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
"Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@ -2769,10 +2787,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser"
msgstr "Botón que indica que la conexión no es segura en el navegador Mozilla"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
msgstr "baje a la sección :guilabel:`Misceláneo`;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
msgstr ""
"haga clic en :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` que se encuentra en la sección "
@ -2911,8 +2931,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
msgstr "Mac OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
msgstr "Para asegurar la conexión en Mac:"
msgid ""
"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
" steps:"
msgstr ""
"Para asegurar la conexión en Mac OS en todos los navegadores, tiene que "
"seguir los siguientes pasos:"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
msgid ""
@ -2935,10 +2959,44 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser."
msgstr "reinicie la impresora para que la puede usar con cualquier navegador."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
msgid ""
"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
msgstr ""
"Para generar y exportar un certificado SSL y enviarlo a dispospositivo IOS, "
"abra **Google Chrome** o **Mozilla Firefox**. Después,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
msgstr ""
"Página de advertencia sobre la privacidad de la conexión en Google Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
msgstr ""
"Botón que muesta que la conexión a la impresora no es segura en Google "
"Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
msgid ""
"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
msgstr ""
"Asegúrese de que el certificado termina con la extensión `.crt`. De lo "
"contrario, es probable que algunos navegadores no encuentren el archivo en "
"el proceso de importación. "
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
msgstr ""
"Botón que indica que la conexión no es segura en el navegador Mozilla "
"Firefox"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
msgid "Android OS"
msgstr "Android OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
@ -2949,22 +3007,22 @@ msgstr ""
"`.crt` al dispositivo a través de un correo, Bluetooth o USB. Una vez que el"
" archivo esté en el dispositivo,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
msgstr "abra los ajustes y busque el `certificado`;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
msgstr ""
"haga clic en :guilabel:`Certificado CA` (Instalar desde el almacenamiento "
"del dispositivo);"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
msgstr ""
"seleccione el archivo de certificado para instalarlo en el dispositivo."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
msgid ""
"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
"version of Android and the device manufacturer."
@ -2972,7 +3030,92 @@ msgstr ""
"Es probable que los pasos a seguir para instalar el certificado cambien "
"dependiendo de la versión de android o el fabricador del dispositivo."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
msgid "iOS"
msgstr "iOS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
msgstr ""
"Para importar el certificado SSL a un dispositivo iOS primero debe crearlo y"
" exportarlo desde una computadora. Después, transfiera el archivo `.crt` al "
"dispositivo a través de un correo, Bluetooth, o cualquier servicio para "
"compartir archivos. "
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
msgid ""
"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
"second pop-up window. Then,"
msgstr ""
"Al descargar este archivo se activa una ventana emergente de advertencia. "
"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Permitir` para descargar el perfil de configuración "
"y cerrar la segunda ventana emergente. Después,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
msgstr "vaya a la **aplicación Configuraciones** en el dispositivo iOS;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
msgstr ""
"haga clic en :guilabel:`perfil descargado` en la caja de detalles del "
"usuario;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
msgstr "buque el archivo `.crt` descargado y selecciónelo;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
msgstr ""
"haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar` en la parte superior derecha de la "
"pantalla;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
msgstr "si el dispositivo tiene contraseña, ingrese la contraseña;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
" and the pop-up window;"
msgstr ""
"haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar` en la parte superior derecha de la "
"ventana de advertencia del certificado y en la ventana emergente;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr "haga clic en :guilabel:`Listo`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
msgid ""
"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
"so,"
msgstr ""
"El certificado se instaló, pero todavía se tiene que autenticar. Para "
"hacerlo,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
"Settings`;"
msgstr ""
"vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> General --> Acerca de > Ajustes de "
"confianza del certificado`;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
msgstr "active el certificado instalado con el **botón deslizable**;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
msgstr "haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar` en la ventana emergente."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
msgid ""
"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@ -2984,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nombre de su navegador o sistema operativo` en su motor de búsqueda "
"preferido"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
msgid ""
"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
@ -2995,11 +3138,11 @@ msgstr ""
"nombre de su navegador o sistema operativo` en su motor de búsqueda "
"preferido."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
msgstr "Revise si el certificado se importó correctamente"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
msgid ""
"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@ -6294,12 +6437,13 @@ msgid ""
"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
"TaxCloud."
"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
msgstr ""
"Para los usuarios de :doc:`TaxCloud "
"<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`: las facturas creadas a partir"
" de órdenes de ventas de Amazon **no** se sincronizan con TaxCloud, Amazon "
"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud."
"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud. Tome en cuenta "
"que la integración con TaxCloud será obsoleta en Odoo 17+."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
msgid "Register payments"

View File

@ -15,9 +15,9 @@
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022
# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2022
# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2022
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2022
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2022
# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2022
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2022
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2022
# Marian Cuadra, 2022
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -214,41 +214,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr "Gestionar mis productos"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
"La página web de su producto solo muestra la imagen principal del producto "
"por defecto. Si quiere mostrar sus productos desde diferentes ángulos, puede"
" convertir la imagen en un carrusel."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
"Consulte *Varias imágenes por producto* en :menuselection:`Administrador "
"Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Ajustes´."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
"Abra un formulario de detalle del producto y suba imágenes desde la pestaña "
"*Imágenes*. Pulse *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente de"
" carga."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
"Dicha imagen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si "
"las hay)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Product variants"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -667,7 +667,6 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillée
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@ -2440,6 +2439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"jour compris entre `1 et 31`, en fonction du mois de l'année souhaité."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
@ -2562,82 +2562,192 @@ msgstr "Comptages cycliques"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
"Dans la plupart des entreprises, l'inventaire n'est compté qu'une fois par "
"an. C'est pourquoi, après avoir effectué un ajustement d'inventaire dans "
"Odoo, la prochaine date prévue du comptage est par défaut fixée au 31 "
"décembre. Cependant, pour certaines entreprises, il est essentiel d'avoir un"
" comptage précis de l'inventaire à tout moment."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
"L'objectif des comptages cycliques est de maintenir des niveaux de stock "
"critiques exacts en effectuant plus de comptages aux endroits clés."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, les comptages cycliques sont basés sur l'emplacement. La "
"fréquence des comptages est définie sur l'emplacement de stockage. Pour "
"activer les emplacements de stockage, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire -->"
" Configuration --> Paramètres --> Entrepôt` et activez le paramètre "
":guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer le paramètre."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgstr "Activer les emplacements de stockage dans les paramètres d'Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr "Changer la fréquence de l'inventaire"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr ""
"Pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire d'un emplacement, allez d'abord "
"aux emplacements en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Configuration --> Emplacements`."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez ensuite sur un emplacement pour ouvrir ses paramètres. Ensuite "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. Définissez le nombre de jours dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`. Par exemple, pour un "
"emplacement dont l'inventaire doit être compté tous les 30 jours, la "
":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)` doit être `30`. Une fois cette"
" valeur saisie, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer le "
"paramètre à l'emplacement. À présent, dès qu'un ajustement d'inventaire est "
"appliqué à cet emplacement, la prochaine date prévue sera automatiquement "
"fixée en fonction du nombre de jours défini dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgstr "Éditer un emplacement pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire."
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@ -16465,6 +16575,330 @@ msgstr ""
"niveaux qui nécessitent des sous-composants fabriqués, consultez :doc:`cette"
" documentation <sub_assemblies>` sur les sous-ensembles."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "Gérer les nomenclatures pour les variantes de produits"

View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
msgid "Cash drawer"
msgstr "Tiroir caisse"
@ -2831,7 +2831,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
msgstr "Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante via un câble RJ25."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
msgid "Barcode scanner"
msgstr "Lecteur de codes-barres"
@ -3151,10 +3151,642 @@ msgstr ""
"n'est sélectionné pour ces imprimantes."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
msgid "Epson configuration special case"
msgstr "Cas particulier de la configuration Epson"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
msgid ""
"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
"models do not support this command:"
msgstr ""
"La plupart des imprimantes Epson prennent en charge l'impression de reçus "
"dans Odoo :abbr:`PdV (Point de vente)` à l'aide de la commande `GS v 0`. "
"Cependant, les modèles d'imprimantes Epson suivants ne prennent pas en "
"charge cette commande :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "TM-U220"
msgstr "TM-U220"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
msgid "TM-U230"
msgstr "TM-U230"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "TM-P60"
msgstr "TM-P60"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
msgid "TMP-P60II"
msgstr "TMP-P60II"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
msgid ""
"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
"instead."
msgstr ""
"Contournez ce problème en configuration l'imprimante pour qu'elle utilise "
"plutôt la commande `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
msgstr "Processus pour forcer la commande ESC *"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
msgstr "Compatibilité de l'imprimante Epson"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
msgid ""
"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
" command."
msgstr ""
"La première étape consiste à vérifier si l'imprimante est compatible avec la"
" commande `GS v 0`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid ""
"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
"`Documentation Epson GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ pour les imprimantes "
"compatibles `GS v 0`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
"`Documentation Epson ESC * <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ pour les imprimantes "
"compatibles `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid ""
"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
"Si l'imprimante n'est pas compatible avec la commande `ESC *`, le processus "
"suivant n'est pas possible. Si l'imprimante est compatible avec la commande "
"`ESC *` pour imprimer, suivez cette procédure pour configurer l'imprimante "
"avec l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
msgstr "Configuration de l'IoT box pour ESC *"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
msgid ""
"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
"Things)` box homepage."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box pour qu'elle utilise "
"la commande `ESC *` pour imprimer, allez à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT"
" (Internet of Things)` box en allant à l'application :menuselection:`IoT -->"
" IoT Box`. Cliquez ensuite sur l':guilabel:`adresse IP` et vous serez "
"redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
msgstr "**Choix de l'imprimante**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
msgid ""
"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez maintenant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Serveur d'imprimantes`. Le "
"navigateur sera redirigé vers la page *CUPS*. Allez ensuite à "
":menuselection:`Administration --> Imprimantes --> Ajouter une imprimante`, "
"choisissez l'imprimante qui doit être modifiée et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Continuer`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
msgid ""
"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
msgstr ""
"Si le nom de l'imprimante n'est toujours pas connu, suivez les étapes "
"suivantes :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
msgstr "Prenez note des imprimantes répertoriées sur la page *CUPS*."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
msgstr "Éteignez l'imprimante et actualisez la page."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
"disappeared."
msgstr ""
"Comparez maintenant la différence avec la première liste pour voir quelle "
"imprimante a disparu."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
msgstr "Remettez l'imprimante sous tension et actualisez à nouveau la page."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
msgstr "Vérifiez à nouveau la liste pour voir si l'imprimante réapparaît."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
msgid ""
"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
"the name of the printer in question."
msgstr ""
"L'imprimante qui disparaît et réapparaît dans la liste des imprimantes est "
"le nom de l'imprimante en question."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
msgstr ""
"Il peut s'agir d':guilabel:`Inconnu` dans :guilabel:`Imprimantes locales`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
msgstr "**Convention d'appellation de CUPS**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
msgid ""
"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
" *` command."
msgstr ""
"`CUPS` invite l'administrateur à fournir trois informations : le "
":guilabel:`Nom`, la :guilabel:`Description` et l':guilabel:`Emplacement`. "
"Les deux dernières informations n'ont pas besoin d'être spécifiques, mais le"
" :guilabel:`Nom` doit suivre une convention particulière pour fonctionner "
"avec la commande `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
msgstr ""
"Le :guilabel:`Nom` doit correspondre à cette convention : "
"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
msgstr "Détail de la convention d'appellation :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
msgid ""
"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
msgstr ""
"`printer_name` : Il s'agit du nom de l'imprimante. Il peut être composé de "
"n'importe quel caractère tant qu'il ne contient pas `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` "
"(caractère espace)."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
msgid ""
"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
"*`)."
msgstr ""
"`IMC` : C'est l'abréviation d'*Image Mode Column* (le nom simplifié de `ESC "
"*`)."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
msgstr "`param_1` : Il s'agit du paramètre spécifique :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
msgid ""
"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
msgstr ""
"`SCALE<X>` : Échelle de l'image (avec le même rapport d'aspect). `X` doit "
"être un entier décrivant le pourcentage d'échelle à utiliser."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
msgid ""
"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
msgstr ""
"`100` est la taille originale, `50` est la moitié de la taille et `200` est "
"le double de la taille."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
msgid ""
"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
" specified)."
msgstr ""
"`LDV` : *Low Density Vertical* (sera défini sur *High Density Vertical* si "
"ce n'est pas précisé)."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid ""
"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
" not specified)."
msgstr ""
"`LDH` : *Low Density Horizontal* (sera défini sur *High Density Horizontal* "
"si ce n'est pas précisé)."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
msgid ""
"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
"depending on the printer model."
msgstr ""
"Il se peut que les paramètres de *densité* doivent être configurés d'une "
"manière particulière en fonction du modèle d'imprimante."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
msgid ""
"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
"these parameters."
msgstr ""
"Consultez la `documentation d'Epson relative à ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ et cliquez sur le "
"modèle d'imprimante dans le tableau ci-dessus pour voir si l'imprimante doit"
" définir ces paramètres."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
msgstr "Voici des exemples de formatage de nom correct et incorrect :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid "Proper name formatting:"
msgstr "Formatage de nom correct :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
msgid ""
"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
"might not have the expected printed output):"
msgstr ""
"Formatage de nom incorrect (cela n'empêche pas l'impression, mais le "
"résultat risque de ne pas être celui attendu) :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> Le nom ne peut pas contenir d'espaces."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
"`EPSONTMm30II` -> Le nom lui-même est correct, mais il n'utilise pas `ESC "
"*`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> Il manque la fin `__` à ce nom."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
" parameters."
msgstr ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> Le paramètre `XDV` ne correspond à aucun "
"paramètre existant."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
"value."
msgstr ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> Il manque la valeur d'échelle du paramètre "
"`SCALE`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
msgstr "**Terminer l'ajout d'une imprimante**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
msgid ""
"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir configuré le nom de l'imprimante avec la convention "
"d'appellation appropriée, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer`. Définissez "
"ensuite la valeur :guilabel:`Marque` sur :guilabel:`Raw` et la valeur "
":guilabel:`Modèle` sur :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir complété ces étapes, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une "
"imprimante`. Si la configuration s'est bien passée, la page devrait "
"rediriger vers la page *Bannières*."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
msgid ""
"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
"server (this could take a few minutes)."
msgstr ""
"À ce stade, l'imprimante doit être créée. Il suffit maintenant que "
"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` la détecte et se synchronise avec le "
"serveur Odoo (cela peut prendre quelques minutes)."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
msgstr "**Ajout de l'imprimante à Odoo PdV**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
msgid ""
"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que l'imprimante est visible dans la base de données Odoo, "
"n'oubliez pas de la choisir dans la configuration :abbr:`PdV (Point de "
"vente)` en tant qu'imprimante :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`. Allez à "
"l'application :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Paramètres --> "
"Périphériques connectés --> IoT Box --> Imprimante de reçus --> "
"Enregistrer`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
msgid ""
"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
msgstr ""
"Si l'imprimante a été mal configurée (elle imprime toujours un texte "
"aléatoire ou le reçu imprimé est trop grand ou trop petit), elle ne peut pas"
" être modifiée via le nom de l'imprimante avec *CUPS*. En revanche, vous "
"pouvez répéter la procédure susmentionnée pour configurer une autre "
"imprimante à partir de zéro et en créer une avec des paramètres modifiés."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
msgstr ""
"**Exemple de configuration de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220B à l'aide de ESC**"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
msgid ""
"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
" theory):"
msgstr ""
"Voici un exemple de processus de dépannage pour un modèle d'imprimante "
"TM-U220B à l'aide de la commande `ESC *`. Le reçu suivant est un exemple de "
"reçu qui s'imprime correctement grâce à un formatage adéquat (en théorie) : "
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
msgstr ""
"Image d'un reçu correctement formaté d'une base de données de démonstration."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
msgid ""
"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
"random characters will print:"
msgstr ""
"Essayer d'imprimer le reçu immédiatement avant le formatage correct ne "
"fonctionnera pas, car le modèle d'imprimante TM-U220B ne prend pas en charge"
" `GS v 0`. Il imprimera plutôt des caractères aléatoires :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
msgstr "Papier d'impression avec des caractères apparemment aléatoires."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
msgid ""
"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
"the following steps."
msgstr ""
"Pour correctement configurer le formatage pour le modèle Epson TM-U220B, "
"suivez les étapes suivantes :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
msgid ""
"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
"`ESC *`."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir consulté le site web d'Epson pour vérifier la compatibilité des "
"deux commandes : `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ et `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, vous pouvez voir que "
"le modèle TM-U220B n'est pas compatible avec `GS v 0`, mais qu'il l'est avec"
" `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
msgstr "Évaluation de la compatibilité d'Epson à partir du site web d'Epson."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
msgid ""
"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'ajout de l'imprimante, *CUPS* demande quelle imprimante doit être "
"ajoutée :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
msgstr "Menu Administration, sélection de l'imprimante à ajouter."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
msgid ""
"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
"the printer in question."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce cas, l'imprimante est connectée via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
"Bus)` et ne fait donc pas partie des :guilabel:`Imprimantes réseau "
"découvertes`. Elle fait probablement partie de la sélection "
":guilabel:`Inconnu` dans :guilabel:`Imprimantes locales`. En débranchant le "
"câble :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` de l'imprimante de l':abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box et en actualisant la page, l'imprimante "
":guilabel:`Inconnu` disparaît. En la rebranchant, l'imprimante réapparaît, "
"donc on peut confirmer qu'il s'agit de l'imprimante en question."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
msgid ""
"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
" the *density* parameters."
msgstr ""
"Pour la convention d'appellation, étant donné qu'elle devra imprimer à "
"l'aide de la commande `ESC *`, il est impératif d'ajouter `__IMC`. Référez-"
"vous au modèle d'imprimante sur le `site ESC * d'Epson "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ pour en savoir plus "
"sur les paramètres de *densité*."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
msgstr ""
"Spécifications de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220 sur le site web du fabricant."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
msgid ""
"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
" printed)."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce modèle en particulier, TM-U220, `m` doit être égal à 0 ou 1. En se "
"référant à la :guilabel:`Description` sous l'encadré rose dans l'image ci-"
"dessus, les valeurs `m` doivent être 0, 1, 32 ou 33. Donc dans le cas de "
"cette imprimante, la valeur `m` ne peut PAS être 32 ou 33 (sinon, des "
"caractères aléatoires seront imprimés)."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
msgid ""
"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
"Le tableau comprend les valeurs numériques : 32 et 33, qui se produisent "
"toutes deux si le :guilabel:`Nombre de bits pour les données verticales` est"
" fixé sur 24. Ceci signifie que la *densité verticale est élevée*. Dans le "
"cadre de la configuration de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220, la *densité "
"verticale basse* doit être forcée, car ce modèle d'imprimante ne prend pas "
"en charge la *densité verticale élevée* pour cette commande `ESC *`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
msgid ""
"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
"convention."
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter une *Faible densité verticale*, ajoutez le paramètre `LDV` à la"
" convention d'appellation."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez une *Faible densité verticale* (le paramètre `LDV`) à la convention"
" d'appellation."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer` pour continuer. Définissez ensuite la "
"valeur :guilabel:`Marque` sur :guilabel:`Raw` et la valeur "
":guilabel:`Modèle` sur :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
msgstr ""
"Spécifications de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220 sur le site web du fabricant."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
msgid ""
"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
msgstr ""
"Toutefois, si vous essayez d'imprimer avec la convention d'appellation "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, le reçu sera imprimé, mais il sera trop grand et "
"dépassera les marges. Pour résoudre ce problème, ajoutez une nouvelle "
"imprimante (et convention d'appellation) avec le paramètre `SCALE1` pour "
"l'adapter à la taille de notre reçu."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
msgid "Here are some examples:"
msgstr "Voici quelques exemples :"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
msgstr "Convention d'appellation de l'imprimante"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt example format."
msgstr "Exemple de format de reçu."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
msgstr ""
"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
msgstr ""
"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
msgstr ""
"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
msgstr ""
"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr "L'imprimante Zebra n'imprime rien"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
@ -3170,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues` en :ref:`mode développeur "
"<developer-mode>` et recherchez le modèle correspondant."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
msgid ""
"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
@ -3181,13 +3813,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-a-zpl-file-using-the-"
"Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
"Les caractères lus par le lecteur de codes-barres ne correspondent pas au "
"code-barres"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
msgid ""
"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@ -3200,11 +3832,11 @@ msgstr ""
"(:menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques --> Lecteur de codes-barres`) et "
"sélectionnez le bon format."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr "Rien ne se passe lorsqu'un code-barres est scanné"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@ -3218,11 +3850,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Menu"
" trois points sur le PdV --> Section IoT Box --> Modifier`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr "Le lecteur de codes-barres est détecté comme un clavier"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
@ -3232,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"codes-barres, mais comme des claviers USB et ne seront pas reconnus par "
"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
msgid ""
"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@ -3246,11 +3878,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
msgstr "Modifiez le formulaire du lecteur de codes-barres"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
msgstr "Le tiroir caisse ne s'ouvre pas"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
msgid ""
"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -2687,10 +2687,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
msgstr "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
msgstr "Générer un certificat auto-signé"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
msgid ""
"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@ -2707,10 +2709,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
msgstr "Page d'avertissement dans Google Chrome, Windows 10"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
msgid ""
"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@ -2722,6 +2726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"imprimante dans le champ :guilabel:`Mot de passe`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@ -2741,6 +2746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manuellement."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
msgid ""
"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@ -2753,10 +2759,12 @@ msgstr ""
"section :guilabel:`Certificat du serveur`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
msgstr "Exporter un certificat auto-signé"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
msgid ""
"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@ -2772,10 +2780,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
msgstr "Si vous utilisez **Google Chrome**,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@ -2790,11 +2800,13 @@ msgstr ""
"l'imprimante n'est pas sécurisée."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
msgstr ""
"allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Détails` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Exporter` ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
msgid ""
"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
"extension;"
@ -2803,6 +2815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'extension correcte ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
msgid ""
"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
"of the pop-up window;"
@ -2812,6 +2825,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
msgstr "enregistrez et le certificat est exporté."
@ -2826,15 +2841,18 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
msgstr "Si vous utilisez **Mozilla Firefox**,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
msgstr ""
"cliquez sur l'icône en forme de **cadenas** à gauche de la barre d'adresse ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
"Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@ -2849,10 +2867,12 @@ msgstr ""
"n'est pas sécurisée."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
msgstr "descendez jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Divers` ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
msgstr ""
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` dans la section :guilabel:`Télécharger` ;"
@ -2993,8 +3013,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
msgstr "Mac OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
msgstr "Pour sécuriser la connexion sur un Mac :"
msgid ""
"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
" steps:"
msgstr ""
"Sur Mac OS, vous pouvez sécuriser la connexion pour tous les navigateurs en "
"suivant les étapes suivantes :"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
msgid ""
@ -3019,10 +3043,45 @@ msgstr ""
"navigateur."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
msgid ""
"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
msgstr ""
"Pour générer et exporter un certificat SSL et l'envoyer aux périphériques "
"iOS, ouvrez **Google Chrome** ou **Mozilla Firefox**. Ensuite,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
msgstr ""
"Page d'avertissement sur la confidentialité de la connexion dans Google "
"Chrome"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
msgstr ""
"Bouton dans Google Chrome signalant que la connexion à l'imprimante n'est "
"pas sécurisée"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
msgid ""
"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que le certificat se termine par l'extension `.crt`. Sinon, "
"certains navigateurs pourraient ne pas trouver le fichier pendant le "
"processus d'importation."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
msgstr ""
"Le bouton dans Mozilla Firefox signalant que la connexion n'est pas "
"sécurisée"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
msgid "Android OS"
msgstr "Android OS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
@ -3033,22 +3092,22 @@ msgstr ""
" `.crt` vers l'appareil par email, Bluetooth ou USB. Une fois le fichier sur"
" l'appareil,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
msgstr "ouvrez les paramètres et recherchez le `certificat` ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
msgstr ""
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Installer à partir du stockage de "
"l'appareil) ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
msgstr ""
"sélectionnez le fichier de certificat pour l'installer sur l'appareil."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
msgid ""
"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
"version of Android and the device manufacturer."
@ -3056,7 +3115,92 @@ msgstr ""
"Les étapes spécifiques pour l'installation d'un certificat peuvent dépendre "
"fortement de la version d'Android et du fabriquant de l'appareil."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
msgid "iOS"
msgstr "iOS"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
msgstr ""
"Pour exporter un certificat SSL sur un appareil iOS, il faut d'abord le "
"créer et l'exporter à partir d'un ordinateur. Ensuite, transférez le fichier"
" `.crt` vers l'appareil par email, Bleutooth ou n'importe quel service de "
"partage de fichiers."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
msgid ""
"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
"second pop-up window. Then,"
msgstr ""
"Le téléchargement de ce fichier entraîne l'ouverture d'une fenêtre "
"contextuelle d'avertissement. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Autoriser` pour "
"télécharger le profil de configuration et fermez la deuxième fenêtre "
"contextuelle. Ensuite,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
msgstr "allez à l'application **Paramètres** sur l'appareil iOS ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
msgstr ""
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Profil téléchargé` dans la boîte de détails de "
"l'utilisateur ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
msgstr "trouvez le fichier `.crt` téléchargé et sélectionnez-le ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Installer` en haut à droite de l'écran ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
msgstr ""
"si un mot de passe est configuré sur l'appareil, saisissez le mot de passe ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
" and the pop-up window;"
msgstr ""
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Installer` en haut à droite de l'écran "
"d'avertissement du certificat et de la fenêtre contextuelle ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Terminé`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
msgid ""
"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
"so,"
msgstr ""
"Le certificat est installé, mais il doit toujours être authentifié. Pour ce "
"faire,"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
"Settings`;"
msgstr ""
"allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Général --> À propos > Paramètres "
"de confiance du certificat` ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
msgstr "activez le certificat installé à l'aide du **bouton coulissant** ;"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer` dans le fenêtre contextuelle."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
msgid ""
"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@ -3068,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr ""
"`exporter certificat SSL` + `le nom de votre navigateur ou système "
"d'exploitation` dans votre moteur de recherche préféré."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
msgid ""
"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
@ -3079,11 +3223,11 @@ msgstr ""
"autorité racine` + `le nom de votre navigateur ou système d'opération` dans "
"votre moteur de recherche préféré."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
msgstr "Vérifiez si le certificat est correctement importé"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
msgid ""
"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@ -6446,12 +6590,13 @@ msgid ""
"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
"TaxCloud."
"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
msgstr ""
"Pour les utilisateurs de :doc:`TaxCloud "
"<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` : les factures créées à partir"
" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, "
"puisqu'Amazon les inclut déjà sans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud."
" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, puisque "
"Amazon les inclut déjà dans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud. (mise "
"hors service de l'intégration de TaxCloud dans Odoo 17+)"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
msgid "Register payments"

View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -200,41 +200,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr "Gérer mes produits"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image "
"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous "
"différents angles, vous pouvez activer le mode carrousel."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Admin site Web"
" --> Configuration --> Paramètres`."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
"Ouvrez la page détails du produit et téléchargez des images à partir de "
"l'onglet *Images*. Dans le mode édition, sélectionnez *Créer* pour obtenir "
"l'assistant de téléchargement."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le"
" cas échéant)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Product variants"

View File

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
msgstr ""
@ -462,8 +462,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
msgid "Configuration sample"
msgstr ""
@ -574,141 +574,147 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
"multiprocessing."
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
"multi-threading or multi-processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
msgid ""
"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
"make the best use of the hardware."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
msgid ""
"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
"option out or setting it to ``0``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
msgid ""
"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
" resources exhaustion"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
msgid "Worker number calculation"
"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
"kill/restart failed workers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
msgid ""
"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
msgid ""
"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
"server is not available on Windows."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
msgid "Worker number calculation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
msgid "memory size calculation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
msgid ""
"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
"ones"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
msgid ""
"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
msgid ""
"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
" of RAM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
msgid ""
"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
msgid "LiveChat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
msgid ""
"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
"but the client will not connect to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
msgid ""
"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
msgid ""
"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
"have Odoo read those headers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
msgid ""
"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
msgid ""
"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@ -716,43 +722,43 @@ msgid ""
"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
msgid ""
"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
msgid ""
"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
"connections to the secure port"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
msgid ""
"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@ -762,87 +768,67 @@ msgid ""
"configuration file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
msgid ""
"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "Cron Workers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
msgid ""
"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
"setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
msgid ""
"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
"False`` in the configuration file"
"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
" cli options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
msgid ""
"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
msgid ""
"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
"for notifications."
"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
" be used for all other requests."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
msgid ""
"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
msgid ""
"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
" cron instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
msgid ""
"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
msgid "Serving Static Files"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
msgid ""
"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
"modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
"files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
msgid ""
"Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
"can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@ -850,30 +836,30 @@ msgid ""
"in the various addons paths."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Te doen"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
msgid ""
"test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
"this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
"hash in the database?)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Beveiliging"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
msgid ""
"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
msgid ""
"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@ -883,20 +869,20 @@ msgid ""
"access control management, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
msgid ""
"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
"following security-related topics:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
msgid ""
"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
":ref:`db_manager_security`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
msgid ""
"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@ -905,14 +891,14 @@ msgid ""
"databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
msgid ""
"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
msgid ""
"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
"filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@ -922,7 +908,7 @@ msgid ""
"backend."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@ -932,7 +918,7 @@ msgid ""
"option)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
msgid ""
"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@ -941,20 +927,20 @@ msgid ""
":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
msgid ""
"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
msgid ""
"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
msgid ""
"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@ -964,7 +950,7 @@ msgid ""
":ref:`https_proxy`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
msgid ""
"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@ -974,28 +960,28 @@ msgid ""
"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
msgid ""
"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
msgid ""
"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
"should consult with them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
msgid ""
"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
"precautions as for production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@ -1010,7 +996,7 @@ msgid ""
"control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@ -1025,18 +1011,26 @@ msgid ""
"this purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
msgid ""
"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
msgid ""
"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
msgid ""
"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
"scope of this guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
msgstr ""
@ -1510,34 +1504,42 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Windows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
msgid ""
"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
"Windows platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
msgid ""
"Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
msgid ""
"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
msgid ""
"Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
"prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
msgid "Go through the installation steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
msgstr ""
@ -2343,44 +2345,190 @@ msgid ""
" Outlook using OAuth authentication."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
msgid "Multiple user configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
msgid ""
"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
"<email_communication/default>`."
"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
"users in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
msgid ""
"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
msgid ""
"For more information on the from filter visit: "
":ref:`email_communication/default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
msgid ""
"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
"address will change:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
msgid ""
"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
"to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
msgid ""
"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
"email server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Instellingen"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
msgid ""
"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
" for this server should have the value of the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
msgid ""
"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
msgid ""
"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "User #1 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "User #2 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid "Notifications mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "System Parameters"
msgstr "Systeemparameters"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
msgid ""
"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@ -2391,7 +2539,7 @@ msgid ""
"account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
@ -4120,6 +4268,14 @@ msgid ""
"<email_communication/default>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@ -6460,10 +6616,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Instellingen"
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
msgid ""
"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
msgid "Cash drawer"
msgstr ""
@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
msgid "Barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
@ -2337,11 +2337,486 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgid "Epson configuration special case"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
msgid ""
"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
"models do not support this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "TM-U220"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
msgid "TM-U230"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "TM-P60"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
msgid "TMP-P60II"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
msgid ""
"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
"instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
msgid ""
"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
" command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid ""
"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid ""
"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
msgid ""
"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
"Things)` box homepage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
msgid ""
"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
msgid ""
"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
"disappeared."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
msgid ""
"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
"the name of the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
msgid ""
"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
" *` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
msgid ""
"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
msgid ""
"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
"*`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
msgid ""
"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
msgid ""
"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
msgid ""
"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
" specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid ""
"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
" not specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
msgid ""
"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
"depending on the printer model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
msgid ""
"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
"these parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid "Proper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
msgid ""
"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
"might not have the expected printed output):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
" parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
msgid ""
"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
msgid ""
"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
"server (this could take a few minutes)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
msgid ""
"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
msgid ""
"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
msgid ""
"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
" theory):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
msgid ""
"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
"random characters will print:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
msgid ""
"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
"the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
msgid ""
"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
"`ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
msgid ""
"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
msgid ""
"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
"the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
msgid ""
"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
" the *density* parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
msgid ""
"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
" printed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
msgid ""
"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
msgid ""
"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
"convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
msgid ""
"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
msgid "Here are some examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt example format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@ -2350,18 +2825,18 @@ msgid ""
" the corresponding template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
msgid ""
"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
msgid ""
"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@ -2369,11 +2844,11 @@ msgid ""
"the correct format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@ -2382,18 +2857,18 @@ msgid ""
"Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
msgid ""
"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@ -2404,11 +2879,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
msgid ""
"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "
@ -5609,7 +6084,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Tabblad Opties"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308
msgid ""

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -185,35 +185,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr "Beheer mijn producten"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr "Hoe meerdere afbeeldingen per product te tonen"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
"Vink de optie *Meerdere afbeeldingen per product* aan in "
":menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
"Zo een extra afbeeldingen zijn vaak voorkomend bij alle product varianten "
"(als er zijn)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Product variants"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -6,17 +6,19 @@
# Translators:
# Mariusz, 2023
# Piotr Strębski <strebski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -30,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Magazynowanie"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -116,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Przegląd"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -503,7 +505,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@ -951,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Miejsce"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
@ -1195,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41
msgid "Receipts"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Przyjęcia"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43
msgid ""
@ -1213,7 +1214,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wydania"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58
msgid ""
@ -1238,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82
msgid "Internal Transfers"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Przesunięcia wewnątrzmagazynowe"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84
msgid ""
@ -1297,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ustawienia"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
@ -1459,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
msgid "Warehouse Management"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zarządzanie magazynem "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
@ -1818,6 +1819,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
@ -1908,55 +1910,191 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
@ -1969,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wprowadzenie"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -3531,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Różne operacje"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
@ -4034,7 +4172,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Planowanie"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
@ -4164,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Czas dostawy do klienta"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
msgid ""
@ -4189,7 +4327,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
msgid "Security Lead Time"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Czas realizacji zabezpieczeń"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
msgid ""
@ -4324,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Czas wyprodukowania"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
msgid ""
@ -5398,7 +5536,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Uzupełnianie zapasów"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92
msgid ""
@ -5458,7 +5596,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Jednostki Miary"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14
msgid ""
@ -5545,7 +5683,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Paczki"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66
msgid ""
@ -5710,7 +5848,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157
msgid "Packagings"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Opakowania"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159
msgid ""
@ -6917,7 +7055,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Przyjmij towary bezpośrednio (1 krok)"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
@ -7000,7 +7138,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Dostarcz towary bezpośrednio (1 krok)"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
msgid ""
@ -7533,7 +7671,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Magazyny"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
@ -9071,7 +9209,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223
msgid "Rules"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Reguły"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225
msgid ""
@ -9996,7 +10134,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
msgid "Shipping"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Dostawa"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
msgid "Shipping Operations"
@ -10840,7 +10978,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
msgid "Delivery"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Dostawa"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
@ -11176,7 +11314,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Produkcja"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -11196,7 +11334,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Konserwacja"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
msgid "Add new equipment"
@ -11739,6 +11877,330 @@ msgid ""
"assemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
@ -11807,7 +12269,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
msgid "Quality Control"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Kontrola jakości"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -12249,7 +12711,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wycena Magazynów"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
@ -12261,7 +12723,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "With:"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Z:"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
@ -12310,7 +12772,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Śledzenie"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
@ -12402,7 +12864,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ręczne uzupełnianie"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
@ -13411,7 +13873,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zakup"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -13426,7 +13888,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zaawansowane"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
@ -14138,7 +14600,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
msgid "3-way matching"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Dopasowanie 3-kierunkowe"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
msgid ""

View File

@ -4,17 +4,20 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Wil Odoo, 2023
# Wojciech Warczakowski <w.warczakowski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023
# Karol Rybak <karolrybak85@gmail.com>, 2023
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 09:23+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -24,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5
msgid "Marketing"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Marketing"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:6
msgid "Email marketing"
@ -46,7 +49,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74
msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
@ -166,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237
msgid "List view"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Widok listy"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76
msgid ""
@ -250,12 +253,26 @@ msgstr "Grupuj wg"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123
msgid ""
"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on "
"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent "
"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-"
"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the "
"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria."
"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the "
"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the "
"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was "
":guilabel:`Sent By`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127
msgid ""
"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which"
" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`"
" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, "
":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131
msgid ""
"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired "
"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down "
"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected "
"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0
@ -263,11 +280,11 @@ msgid ""
"View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139
msgid "Favorites"
msgstr "Ulubione"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141
msgid ""
"This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search "
"filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The "
@ -281,11 +298,11 @@ msgid ""
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Ustawienia"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152
msgid ""
"To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`."
@ -295,26 +312,26 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159
msgid ""
"On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The "
"features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option "
"when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing "
"campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to "
"blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, "
"dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and "
@ -322,17 +339,17 @@ msgid ""
" for it to connect properly to Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171
msgid "Create an email"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173
msgid ""
"To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, "
"and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form."
msgstr ""
@ -340,20 +357,20 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182
msgid ""
"First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is "
"visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the "
"message is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without"
" a :guilabel:`Subject`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` "
"field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that "
@ -361,24 +378,24 @@ msgid ""
" in either field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text "
"is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message."
" In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199
msgid ""
"Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the "
"email content, instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203
msgid "Recipients"
msgstr "Odbiorcy"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205
msgid ""
"After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be "
"completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field."
@ -389,79 +406,79 @@ msgid ""
"View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212
msgid ""
"The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` "
"option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen "
"from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216
msgid ""
"Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing "
"list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other "
"options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a "
"target audience for the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224
msgid ""
"Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the "
"option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like "
"format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227
msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who"
" purchased event registrations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted"
" a specific talk (track) at an event."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in "
"the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in "
"the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239
msgid ""
"If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, "
"simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the "
@ -469,18 +486,18 @@ msgid ""
" to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244
msgid "Add a recipient filter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246
msgid ""
"To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other"
" than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if "
"needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250
msgid ""
"To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired "
"selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number "
@ -493,20 +510,20 @@ msgid ""
"View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191
msgid ""
"Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to "
"provide even more specificity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262
msgid ""
"To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:` "
"(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the "
"rule. The :guilabel:` (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And,"
@ -515,17 +532,17 @@ msgid ""
"even more specificity to the line above it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271
msgid "Mail body tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and "
":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured "
"message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify "
@ -540,7 +557,7 @@ msgid ""
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286
msgid ""
"To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, "
"and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number "
@ -550,17 +567,17 @@ msgid ""
" is clicked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293
msgid "Settings tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` "
"tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298
msgid ""
"The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, "
"depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in "
@ -569,7 +586,7 @@ msgid ""
"Settings`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303
msgid ""
"Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the "
":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:"
@ -581,32 +598,32 @@ msgid ""
"activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be "
"responsible for this particular email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the "
"sender of this particular email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to "
"this particular email will be sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)"
" for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking "
":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional "
":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which "
@ -618,17 +635,17 @@ msgid ""
"View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327
msgid ""
"The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow "
"A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331
msgid "Mailing campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this "
"particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click "
@ -642,7 +659,7 @@ msgid ""
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341
msgid ""
"If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, "
"select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing "
@ -651,18 +668,18 @@ msgid ""
"campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347
msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349
msgid ""
"To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start"
" typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create "
"[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, "
"and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and "
@ -676,14 +693,14 @@ msgid ""
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360
msgid ""
"Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the "
":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add "
":guilabel:`Tags`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363
msgid ""
"The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is "
"filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics"
@ -691,24 +708,24 @@ msgid ""
"detailed page with even more in-depth statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367
msgid ""
"The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is "
"available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in "
"the upper-right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370
msgid ""
"When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To"
" delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374
msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new "
":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* "
@ -716,7 +733,7 @@ msgid ""
"page in the *Email Marketing* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns "
"--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the "
@ -728,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit "
"it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign "
@ -738,11 +755,11 @@ msgid ""
" the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394
msgid "A/B testing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396
msgid ""
"Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow"
" A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This "
@ -751,7 +768,7 @@ msgid ""
"duplicate messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of "
"contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of "
@ -759,30 +776,30 @@ msgid ""
"are randomly chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406
msgid "Send, schedule, or test"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408
msgid ""
"After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the "
"upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: "
":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412
msgid ""
"While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` "
"or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired "
"recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future "
"date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at "
@ -790,7 +807,7 @@ msgid ""
"mailing changes to *In Queue*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a "
"sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's "
@ -798,20 +815,20 @@ msgid ""
" Sample Mail`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited"
" (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays "
"as :guilabel:`Draft`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since"
" the last save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in "
":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` "
@ -820,7 +837,7 @@ msgid ""
"mailing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434
msgid ""
"By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout"
" *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a "
@ -1108,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Czarna lista"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
@ -1184,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5
msgid "Events"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wydarzenia"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-63>`_"
@ -2026,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128
msgid "Lead Generation Rules"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zasady generowania szans"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130
msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events."
@ -2088,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Automatyzacja Marketingu"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11
@ -2099,7 +2116,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zaawansowane"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding metrics"
@ -2268,7 +2285,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11
msgid "Create a campaign"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Utwórz kampanię"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13
msgid ""
@ -2906,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Marketing SMS"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5
@ -3968,7 +3985,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Media Społecznościowe"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Social marketing campaigns"
@ -4721,7 +4738,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281
msgid "Visitors"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Odwiedzający"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283
msgid ""
@ -4828,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5
msgid "Surveys"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ankiety"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-62>`_"
@ -5034,7 +5051,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wyświetlanie warunkowe"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96
msgid ""
@ -5090,7 +5107,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Pytania"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121
msgid ""
@ -5148,7 +5165,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ocenianie"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149
msgid ""
@ -5201,7 +5218,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Kandydaci"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174
msgid ""
@ -5221,7 +5238,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Sesja na żywo"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184
msgid ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -4,17 +4,20 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Wil Odoo, 2023
# Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023
# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -25,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Sprzedaż"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8
msgid "CRM"
msgstr ""
msgstr "CRM"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -464,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ceny"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61
msgid ""
@ -887,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53
msgid "Applications"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Aplikacje"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55
msgid ""
@ -1588,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6
msgid "Point of Sale"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Punkt sprzedaży"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -2001,10 +2004,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
msgid ""
"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@ -2016,10 +2021,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
msgid ""
"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@ -2027,6 +2034,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@ -2038,6 +2046,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
msgid ""
"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@ -2046,10 +2055,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
msgid ""
"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@ -2060,10 +2071,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@ -2074,16 +2087,19 @@ msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
msgid ""
"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
"extension;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
msgid ""
"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
"of the pop-up window;"
@ -2091,6 +2107,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
msgstr ""
@ -2102,14 +2120,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
"Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@ -2120,10 +2141,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
msgstr ""
@ -2237,7 +2260,9 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
msgid ""
"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
" steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
@ -2257,35 +2282,127 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
msgid ""
"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
msgid ""
"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
msgid "Android OS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
"email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
msgid ""
"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
"version of Android and the device manufacturer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
msgid "iOS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
msgid ""
"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
msgid ""
"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
"second pop-up window. Then,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
msgid ""
"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
" and the pop-up window;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
msgid ""
"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
"so,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
msgid ""
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
"Settings`;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
msgid ""
"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@ -2293,18 +2410,18 @@ msgid ""
"engine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
msgid ""
"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
"browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
msgid ""
"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@ -2538,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3
msgid "Adyen"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Adyen"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -2681,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77
msgid "Add a new payment method"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Dodaj nową metodę płatności"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79
msgid ""
@ -2741,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15
msgid "Connect an IoT Box"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Połącz z IoT Box"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17
msgid ""
@ -2951,7 +3068,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3
msgid "Worldline"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Worldline"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9
msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux."
@ -3108,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3
msgid "Cash rounding"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zaokrąglenie gotówki"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -3183,7 +3300,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Nomenklatura kodu kreskowego"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
@ -3224,7 +3341,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3
msgid "Discounts"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Upusty"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -3487,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3
msgid "Pricelists"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Cenniki"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -3546,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6
msgid "Receipts"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Przyjęcia"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -3601,7 +3718,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Faktury"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42
msgid ""
@ -3674,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:5
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Raportowanie"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6
msgid "View statistics"
@ -3753,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
msgid "Bills"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Faktury zakupu"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -4007,7 +4124,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
msgid "Tips"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Napiwki"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -4310,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3
msgid "Rental"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wynajem"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5
msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals."
@ -4333,7 +4450,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17
msgid "Rental Pricing"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Cennik Wynajmu"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22
msgid ""
@ -4484,7 +4601,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5
msgid "Amazon Connector"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Łącznik Amazon"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3
msgid "Amazon Connector Features"
@ -4568,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34
msgid "Charges"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Opłaty"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35
msgid "Delivery created"
@ -4635,19 +4752,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64
msgid "Canada"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Kanada"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64
msgid "Amazon.ca"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.ca"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66
msgid "Mexico"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Meksyk"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66
msgid "Amazon.com.mx"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.com.mx"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68
msgid "US"
@ -4655,7 +4772,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68
msgid "Amazon.com"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.com"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72
msgid "**Europe region**"
@ -4663,27 +4780,27 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74
msgid "Germany"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Niemcy"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74
msgid "Amazon.de"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.de"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76
msgid "Spain"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Hiszpania"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76
msgid "Amazon.es"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.es"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78
msgid "France"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Francja"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78
msgid "Amazon.fr"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.fr"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80
msgid "UK"
@ -4691,23 +4808,23 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80
msgid "Amazon.co.uk"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.co.uk"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82
msgid "Italy"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Włochy"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82
msgid "Amazon.it"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.it"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Holandia"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84
msgid "Amazon.nl"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Amazon.nl"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132
@ -4880,7 +4997,7 @@ msgid ""
"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
"TaxCloud."
"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
@ -5232,7 +5349,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5
msgid "eBay Connector"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Złącze eBay"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3
msgid "How to list a product?"
@ -6818,7 +6935,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88
msgid "Odoo"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Odoo"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90
msgid ""
@ -6922,7 +7039,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11
msgid "T-shirt"
msgstr ""
msgstr "T-shirt"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13
msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black"
@ -7674,7 +7791,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35
msgid "Register a payment"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zarejestruj płatność"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37
msgid ""
@ -8505,7 +8622,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:8
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Subskrypcje"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:10
msgid ""

View File

@ -5,15 +5,17 @@
#
# Translators:
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Tomasz Leppich <t.leppich@gmail.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-07 06:24+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -23,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Usługi"
#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Serwis Terenowy"
#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11
msgid ""
@ -230,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Punkt Pomocy"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/slides/helpdesk-51>`_"
@ -238,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zaawansowane"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
msgid "After Sales Features"
@ -404,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Przegląd"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
msgid "Forum and eLearning"
@ -412,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
msgid "Forum"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Forum"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -518,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid "Todo"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Do zrobienia"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid ""
@ -644,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Oceny"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -751,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
msgid "Email Alias"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Alias adresu e-mail"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
msgid ""
@ -782,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
msgid "Website Form"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Formularz na stronie"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
msgid ""
@ -814,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Czat na żywo"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
msgid ""
@ -1400,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8
msgid "Project"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Projekt"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -1418,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5
msgid "Tasks"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zadania"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3
msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias"
@ -1487,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8
msgid "Timesheets"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Karty pracy"
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
@ -1568,133 +1570,3 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1
msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37
msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38
msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:51
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:57
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack "
"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants"
" will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the "
"most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach "
"you on how to use Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:63
msgid ":doc:`/administration/upgrade`"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -3,6 +3,10 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-02 09:09+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -53,19 +58,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14
msgid "Accounting"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Księgowość"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:19
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Magazynowanie"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:24
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Produkcja"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29
msgid "Point of Sale"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Punkt sprzedaży"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:35
msgid "Install and Maintain"
@ -100,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:64
msgid "Developer"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Deweloper"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:65
msgid ""
@ -144,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107
msgid "Documentation"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Dokumentacja"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:112
msgid "Content guidelines"
@ -152,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:4
msgid "Legal"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Prawne"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:10
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:17
@ -161,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:25
msgid "Terms and Conditions"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Warunki i postanowienia"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:34
msgid "Odoo Enterprise Agreement"
@ -178,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:78
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:80
msgid "Read"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Czytaj"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:43
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:62

View File

@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
#
# Translators:
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
@ -24,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5
msgid "Websites"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Strony internetowe"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8
msgid "eCommerce"
msgstr ""
msgstr "eCommerce"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5
msgid "Get started"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Rozpocznij"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
msgid "Product Catalog"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Katalog produktów"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -162,30 +163,50 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
@ -398,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
msgid "Accessory Products"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Akcesoria dla Produktu"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:22
msgid ""
@ -437,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:46
msgid "Optional Products"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Produkty opcjonalne"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
msgid ""
@ -548,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18
msgid "Setup"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ustawienia"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
msgid ""
@ -820,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
msgid "Sign up"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Zarejestruj się"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
msgid ""
@ -852,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Czat na żywo"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -995,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Oceny"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -1006,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10
msgid "Customer Rating"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ocena klienta"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
@ -1164,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8
msgid "Website"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Strona internetowa"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -1402,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:170
msgid "Blogs"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Blogi"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:172
msgid "Slide Channels"
@ -1410,15 +1431,15 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:174
msgid "Forums"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Fora"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:176
msgid "Events"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wydarzenia"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:178
msgid "Job Positions"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Stanowisko"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:181
msgid ""
@ -1530,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:261
msgid "Pricelists"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Cenniki"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:263
msgid ""
@ -1882,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3
msgid "Translations"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Tłumaczenia"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -1892,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:9
msgid "Process"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Uruchom"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:11
msgid ""
@ -2015,7 +2036,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5
msgid "Pages"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Strony"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3
msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)"
@ -2068,7 +2089,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39
msgid "Keywords"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Słowa kluczowe"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41
msgid ""
@ -2185,7 +2206,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124
msgid "Twitter Scroller"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Scroller Twittera"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126
msgid ""
@ -2510,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:313
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wprowadzenie"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315
msgid ""
@ -2543,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:335
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Obrazy"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337
msgid ""
@ -2923,7 +2944,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:574
msgid "Sitemap"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Mapa witryny"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576
msgid ""
@ -3023,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Raportowanie"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:3
msgid "Google Analytics"

View File

@ -9,18 +9,18 @@
# Claudia Baisan, 2023
# Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023
# Lyall Kindmurr, 2023
# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "Afișează doar bazele de date cu nume care încep cu 'mycompany'"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
msgstr ""
@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
msgid "Configuration sample"
msgstr "Exemplu de configurare"
@ -608,68 +608,72 @@ msgstr "Server integrat"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
"multiprocessing."
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
"multi-threading or multi-processing."
msgstr ""
"Odoo include servere HTTP integrate, folosind fie multithreading, fie "
"multiprocessing."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
msgid ""
"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
"make the best use of the hardware."
msgstr ""
"Pentru utilizare în producție, este recomandat să se folosească serverul "
"multiprocessing deoarece crește stabilitatea, folosește mai bine resursele "
"de calcul și poate fi mai bine monitorizat și restricționat la resurse."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
msgid ""
"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
"option out or setting it to ``0``."
msgstr ""
"Multiprocessing este activat prin configurarea :option:`a unui număr non-"
"zero de procese worker <odoo-bin --workers>`, numărul de procese worker "
"trebuie să fie bazat pe numărul de nuclee din mașină (posibil cu puțin "
"spațiu pentru cron workers în funcție de cât de multă munca cron este "
"prevăzută)"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
msgid ""
"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
" resources exhaustion"
"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
"kill/restart failed workers."
msgstr ""
"Limitele proceselor worker pot fi configurate în funcție de configurația "
"hardware-ului pentru a evita epuizarea resurselor"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
msgstr "modulul multiprocessing nu este disponibil în prezent pe Windows"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
msgid ""
"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
msgid ""
"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
"server is not available on Windows."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
msgid "Worker number calculation"
msgstr "Calculul numărului de procese worker"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
msgstr "Regulă de bază: (#CPU * 2) + 1"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
msgstr "Procesele cron au nevoie de CPU"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
msgstr "1 proces worker ~= 6 utilizatori concurenți"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
msgid "memory size calculation"
msgstr "calculul dimensiunii memoriei"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
msgid ""
"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
"ones"
@ -677,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Considerăm că 20% din cererile sunt cereri grele, în timp ce 80% sunt mai "
"simplu"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
msgid ""
"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
@ -686,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cererile SQL sunt bine proiectate, ... este estimat să consume aproximativ "
"1GB de RAM"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
msgid ""
"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
" of RAM"
@ -694,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Un proces worker mai ușor, în același scenariu, este estimat să consume "
"aproximativ 150MB de RAM"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
msgid ""
"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
@ -702,55 +706,41 @@ msgstr ""
"RAM necesară = #worker * ( (rata_worker_ușor * estimarea_ram_worker_ușor) + "
"(rata_worker_greu * estimarea_ram_worker_greu) )"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
msgid "LiveChat"
msgstr "LiveChat"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
msgid ""
"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
"but the client will not connect to it."
"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
msgid ""
"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
msgid ""
"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
"have Odoo read those headers."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a obține așa ceva, va trebui să implementați un proxy invers în fața "
"Odoo, ca nginx sau apache. În acest caz, va trebui să redirecționați câteva "
"mai multe antete http către Odoo, și să activați modulul proxy în "
"configurația Odoo pentru a avea Odoo să citească aceste antete."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr "Server cu 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr "60 de utilizatori concurenți"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
msgstr ""
"60 de utilizatori / 6 = 10 <- numărul teoretic de procese worker necesare"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- numărul maxim teoretic de procese worker"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
msgid ""
"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
@ -759,19 +749,19 @@ msgstr ""
"sistem de monitorizare pentru a măsura încărcarea CPU, și pentru a verifica "
"dacă este între 7 și 7.5 ."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM pentru Odoo"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
msgid ""
"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@ -785,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aproape oricărui proxy de terminare SSL, dar necesită următoarea "
"configurare:"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
msgid ""
"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
@ -794,15 +784,15 @@ msgstr ""
"lucru ar trebui să fie activat numai atunci când Odoo este în spatele unui "
"proxy invers"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
msgstr "Configurați proxy-ul de terminare SSL (`Exemplu de terminare Nginx`_)"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
msgstr "Configurați proxy-ul în sine (`Exemplu de proxy Nginx`_)"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
msgid ""
"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
"connections to the secure port"
@ -810,23 +800,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Proxy-ul dvs. de terminare SSL ar trebui de asemenea să redirecționeze la "
"conexiunile ne securizate către port"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
msgstr "Redirecționați cererile http către https"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
msgstr "Proxy requests to odoo"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
msgstr "în ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` setați:"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
msgstr "Odoo ca o aplicație WSGI"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
msgid ""
"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@ -842,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr ""
"direct în :mod:`odoo.tools.config` în loc de prin linia de comandă sau un "
"fișier de configurare."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
msgid ""
"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
@ -853,99 +843,60 @@ msgstr ""
"crearea mai multor procese worker, nu poate configura cron sau procese "
"worker livechat"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "Cron Workers"
msgstr "Procese worker Cron"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
msgstr ""
"Pentru a rula cron jobs pentru o implementare Odoo ca o aplicație WSGI este "
"necesar"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
msgstr "Un Odoo clasic (rulat prin intermediul ``odoo-bin``)"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
msgid ""
"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
"setting."
msgstr ""
"Conectat la baza de date în care cron jobs trebuie să fie rulate (prin "
":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
msgid ""
"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
"False`` in the configuration file"
"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
" cli options."
msgstr ""
"Care nu ar trebui să fie expus rețelei. Pentru a asigura că cron runners nu "
"sunt accesibile prin rețea, este posibil să dezactivați complet serverul "
"HTTP încorporat cu :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` sau setarea ``http_enable = "
"False`` în fișierul de configurare"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
msgid ""
"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
" be used for all other requests."
msgstr ""
"Al doilea sub-sistem problematic pentru implementări WSGI este LiveChat: "
"unde majoritatea conexiunilor HTTP sunt relativ scurte și eliberează rapid "
"procesul worker pentru următoarea cerere, LiveChat necesită o conexiune "
"lungă pentru fiecare client pentru a implementa notificări aproape în timp "
"real."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
msgid ""
"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
"for notifications."
msgstr ""
"Acest lucru este în conflict cu modelul de bază a proceselor worker, "
"deoarece va atașa procesele worker și va împiedica utilizatorii noi să "
"acceseze sistemul. Cu toate acestea, aceste conexiuni lungi nu fac prea mult"
" și majoritatea rămân parcate așteptând notificări."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
msgid ""
"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
msgstr ""
"Soluțiile pentru a sprijini livechat/motifications într-o aplicație WSGI "
"sunt:"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
msgid ""
"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
" cron instance."
"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
msgid ""
"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
msgid "Serving Static Files"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
msgid ""
"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
"modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
"files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
msgid ""
"Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
"can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@ -953,23 +904,23 @@ msgid ""
"in the various addons paths."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Todo"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
msgid ""
"test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
"this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
"hash in the database?)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Securitate"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
msgid ""
"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
@ -979,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr ""
"proces continuu, nu o operațiune unică. În orice moment, veți fi doar atât "
"de sigur cât cel mai slab link din mediul dvs."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
msgid ""
"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@ -996,7 +947,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuția, cele mai bune practici din punct de vedere al utilizatorilor, "
"parolelor și managementului controlului accesului, etc."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
msgid ""
"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
"following security-related topics:"
@ -1004,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Când implementați un server orientat către internet, vă rugăm să luați în "
"considerare următoarele subiecte legate de securitate:"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
msgid ""
"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
@ -1014,7 +965,7 @@ msgstr ""
"accesul la paginile de administrare a bazei de date imediat ce sistemul este"
" configurat. Vedeți :ref:`db_manager_security`."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
msgid ""
"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@ -1028,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr ""
"controlul/administrarea instalării. *Niciodată* nu utilizați parolele "
"implicit ca admin/admin, chiar și pentru bazele de date de test/staging."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
msgid ""
"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
@ -1039,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"care pot fi utilizate pentru a intra în sistemele dvs. și pot cauza probleme"
" semnificative, chiar și pe sistemele de testare/dezvoltare."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
msgid ""
"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
"filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@ -1055,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr ""
"virgulă) lista de baze de date disponibile pentru a filtra, în loc să lăsați"
" sistemul să le aducă toate din backend-ul bazei de date."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@ -1071,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bazelor de date (aceasta este expusă și ca opțiunea de linie de comandă "
":option:`--no-database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>`)"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
msgid ""
"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@ -1085,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr ""
" folosiți un ``db_user`` non-privilegiat dedicat. Vedeți și "
":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
msgid ""
"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
@ -1096,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr ""
" recente versiuni de la https://www.odoo.com/page/download sau "
"http://nightly.odoo.com"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
msgid ""
"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
@ -1104,7 +1055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Configurați serverul dvs. în modul multi-proces cu limite adecvate care se "
"potrivesc cu utilizarea tipică (memorie/CPU/timeout-uri). Vedeți și :ref:"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
msgid ""
"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@ -1120,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr ""
"timeout-uri adecvate, apoi activați opțiunea :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin "
"--proxy-mode>`. Vedeți și :ref:`https_proxy`."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
msgid ""
"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@ -1137,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr ""
" doar IP-uri de încredere în firewall și / sau rulați un sistem de detectare"
" a forței brute precum `fail2ban` sau echivalentul său."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
msgid ""
"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
@ -1148,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tip denial of service. Vedeți și :ref:`login_brute_force` pentru măsuri "
"specifice."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
msgid ""
"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
@ -1158,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr ""
" Distributed Denial of Service (DDOS), dar aceasta este adesea un serviciu "
"opțional, așa că ar trebui să vă consultați cu ei."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
msgid ""
"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
@ -1168,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr ""
"publicul pe mașini diferite de cele de producție. Și aplicați aceleași "
"precauții de securitate ca și pentru producție."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@ -1195,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr ""
"systemd.html>`_ poate fi de asemenea util pentru a implementa controlul de "
"acces la rețea per-proces."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@ -1222,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr ""
"servicii precum CloudFlare de obicei mențin o listă publică a gamelor lor de"
" adrese IP pentru acest scop."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
msgid ""
"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
@ -1230,7 +1181,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Dacă găzduiți mai mulți clienți, izolați datele și fișierele clienților unul"
" de celălalt utilizând containere sau tehnici adecvate de \"jail\"."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
msgid ""
"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
@ -1239,6 +1190,14 @@ msgstr ""
"magazin de fișiere, și copiați-le pe un server de arhivare la distanță care "
"nu este accesibil de la serverul în sine."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
msgid ""
"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
"scope of this guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
msgstr "Blocarea atacurilor brute force"
@ -1786,34 +1745,42 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Windows"
msgstr "Windows"
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
msgid ""
"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
"Windows platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
msgid ""
"Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
msgstr "Executați fișierul descărcat."
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
msgid ""
"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
msgid ""
"Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
"prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
msgid "Go through the installation steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
msgstr ""
@ -2746,58 +2713,189 @@ msgstr ""
"e-mailuri sigure și securizate prin Microsoft Outlook folosind "
"autentificarea OAuth."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
msgid "Multiple user configuration"
msgstr "Configurarea utilizatorilor multipli"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
msgstr ""
"Trebuie să fie configurat un server separat pentru fiecare utilizator. "
":guilabel:`from-filter` trebuie să fie setat astfel încât să fie trimis doar"
" e-mailul utilizatorului de la acel server. În alte cuvinte, numai un "
"utilizator cu o adresă de e-mail care se potrivește cu setarea "
":guilabel:`from-filter` este capabil să utilizeze acest server."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
msgid ""
"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
"<email_communication/default>`."
"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
"users in the database."
msgstr ""
"După setarea :guilabel:`from-filter`, configurați un cont de e-mail de "
"rezervă pentru a permite trimiterea de :guilabel:`notificări`. Contul de "
"e-mail de rezervă trebuie să fie configurat ca un :guilabel:`general "
"transactional server`. :guilabel:`mail.default.from` parametrul de sistem "
"trebuie să fie setat la :guilabel:`username` al contului de server "
"tranzacțional general. Pentru mai multe informații, consultați "
":ref:`Utilizați o adresă de e-mail implicită <email_communication/default>`."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
msgid ""
"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
msgid ""
"For more information on the from filter visit: "
":ref:`email_communication/default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Parametrii de sistem` pot fi accesate prin activarea "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` în meniul "
":menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Parametri --> Parametri de sistem`."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
msgid ""
"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
"address will change:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
msgid ""
"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
"to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
msgid ""
"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
"email server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Configurare"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
msgid ""
"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
" for this server should have the value of the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
msgid ""
"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
msgid ""
"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "User #1 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "User #2 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid "Notifications mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "System Parameters"
msgstr "Parametri sistem"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
msgstr "Configurați serverul de e-mail de intrare"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
msgid ""
"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
@ -2817,7 +2915,7 @@ msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Acum :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` contul. "
"Contul ar trebui să fie gata să primească e-mailuri în baza de date Odoo."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
@ -4950,6 +5048,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați :ref:`Utilizarea unei adrese de "
"email implicită <email_communication/default>`."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Parametrii de sistem` pot fi accesate prin activarea "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` în meniul "
":menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Parametri --> Parametri de sistem`."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@ -7885,10 +7994,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SSH"
msgstr "SSH"
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Configurare"
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
msgid ""
"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@ -592,7 +592,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@ -2025,6 +2024,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
@ -2117,79 +2117,192 @@ msgstr "Numărări ciclice"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
"În majoritatea companiilor, stocul este numărat o singură dată pe an. De "
"aceea, în mod implicit, după ce se face o corecție de inventar în Odoo, data"
" programată pentru următoarea numărare este stabilită pe 31 decembrie. Cu "
"toate acestea, pentru unele afaceri este critic să aibă o numărare exactă a "
"inventarului în orice moment."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
"Scopul numărărilor ciclice este de a menține nivelurile critice de stoc "
"exacte prin numărarea mai des în locații cheie."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"În Odoo, numărările ciclice sunt bazate pe locație. Frecvența numărărilor "
"este definită de către locația de stocare. Pentru a activa locațiile de "
"stocare, accesați :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Setări --> "
"Depozit` și activați setarea :guilabel:`Locații de stocare`. În continuare, "
"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica setarea."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgstr "Activați locațiile de stocare în setările Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr "Modificați frecvența inventarului"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr ""
"Pentru a modifica frecvența inventarului unei locații, mai întâi, accesați "
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""
"Apoi, faceți clic pe o locație pentru a deschide setările locației.Apoi, "
"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editare`. În câmpul :guilabel:`Frecvența "
"inventarului (zile)`, setați numărul de zile. De exemplu, o locație care are"
" nevoie de o numărare a inventarului la fiecare 30 de zile ar seta valoarea "
":guilabel:`Frecvența inventarului (zile)` la `30`. După ce valoarea este "
"introdusă, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica setarea la "
"locație. Acum, odată ce o corecție de inventar este aplicată acestei "
"locații, data programată pentru următoarea numărare va fi setată automat în "
"funcție de numărul de zile din setarea :guilabel:`Frecvența inventarului "
"(zile)`."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgstr "Editeaza o locatie pentru a schimba frecventa de inventar."
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@ -13250,6 +13363,330 @@ msgid ""
"assemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "Gestionați BOM-uri pentru variante de produs"

View File

@ -9,15 +9,16 @@
# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
# Fenyedi Levente, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Fenyedi Levente, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -2299,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
msgid "Cash drawer"
msgstr ""
@ -2308,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
msgid "Barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
@ -2545,11 +2546,486 @@ msgstr ""
"selectat un driver pentru aceste imprimante."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgid "Epson configuration special case"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
msgid ""
"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
"models do not support this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "TM-U220"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
msgid "TM-U230"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "TM-P60"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
msgid "TMP-P60II"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
msgid ""
"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
"instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
msgid ""
"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
" command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid ""
"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid ""
"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
msgid ""
"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
"Things)` box homepage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
msgid ""
"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
msgid ""
"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
"disappeared."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
msgid ""
"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
"the name of the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
msgid ""
"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
" *` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
msgid ""
"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
msgid ""
"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
"*`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
msgid ""
"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
msgid ""
"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
msgid ""
"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
" specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid ""
"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
" not specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
msgid ""
"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
"depending on the printer model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
msgid ""
"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
"these parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid "Proper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
msgid ""
"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
"might not have the expected printed output):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
" parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
msgid ""
"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
msgid ""
"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
"server (this could take a few minutes)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
msgid ""
"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
msgid ""
"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
msgid ""
"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
" theory):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
msgid ""
"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
"random characters will print:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
msgid ""
"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
"the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
msgid ""
"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
"`ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
msgid ""
"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
msgid ""
"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
"the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
msgid ""
"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
" the *density* parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
msgid ""
"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
" printed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
msgid ""
"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
msgid ""
"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
"convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
msgid ""
"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
msgid "Here are some examples:"
msgstr "Aiici sunt câteva exemple:"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt example format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@ -2558,20 +3034,20 @@ msgid ""
" the corresponding template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
msgid ""
"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
"Caracterele citite de cititorul de coduri de bare nu se potrivesc cu codul "
"de bare"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
msgid ""
"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@ -2579,11 +3055,11 @@ msgid ""
"the correct format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr "Nu se întâmplă nimic când un cod de bare este scanat"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@ -2592,18 +3068,18 @@ msgid ""
"Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr "Codul de bare este detectat ca o tastatură"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
msgid ""
"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@ -2614,11 +3090,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
msgid ""
"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@ -188,41 +188,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr "Gestionați produsele mele"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr "Cum să afișați mai multe imagini pe produs"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
"În mod implicit, pagina web a produsului dvs. afișează doar imaginea "
"principală a produsului dvs. Dacă doriți să arătați produsele dvs. sub mai "
"multe unghiuri, puteți transforma imaginea într-un carusel."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
"Verificați *Mai multe imagini pe produs* în :menuselection:`Administrator "
"site web --> Configurare --> Setări`."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
"Deschideți un formular de detalii ale produsului și încărcați imagini din "
"fila *Imagini*. Apăsați *Creați* în modul de editare pentru a obține "
"asistentul de încărcare."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
"Aceste imagini suplimentare sunt comune tuturor variantele de produs (dacă "
"există)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Product variants"

View File

@ -8,17 +8,17 @@
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2022
# Khwunchai Jaengsawang <khwunchai.j@ku.th>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
msgstr ""
@ -418,8 +418,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
msgid "Configuration sample"
msgstr ""
@ -530,141 +530,147 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
"multiprocessing."
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
"multi-threading or multi-processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
msgid ""
"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
"make the best use of the hardware."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
msgid ""
"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
"option out or setting it to ``0``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
msgid ""
"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
" resources exhaustion"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
msgid "Worker number calculation"
"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
"kill/restart failed workers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
msgid ""
"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
msgid ""
"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
"server is not available on Windows."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
msgid "Worker number calculation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
msgid "memory size calculation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
msgid ""
"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
"ones"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
msgid ""
"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
msgid ""
"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
" of RAM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
msgid ""
"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
msgid "LiveChat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
msgid ""
"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
"but the client will not connect to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
msgid ""
"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
msgid ""
"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
"have Odoo read those headers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
msgid ""
"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
msgid ""
"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@ -672,43 +678,43 @@ msgid ""
"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
msgid ""
"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
msgid ""
"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
"connections to the secure port"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
msgid ""
"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@ -718,87 +724,67 @@ msgid ""
"configuration file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
msgid ""
"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "Cron Workers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
msgid ""
"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
"setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
msgid ""
"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
"False`` in the configuration file"
"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
" cli options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
msgid ""
"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
msgid ""
"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
"for notifications."
"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
" be used for all other requests."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
msgid ""
"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
msgid ""
"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
" cron instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
msgid ""
"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
msgid "Serving Static Files"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
msgid ""
"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
"modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
"files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
msgid ""
"Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
"can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@ -806,30 +792,30 @@ msgid ""
"in the various addons paths."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "ที่จะทำ"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
msgid ""
"test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
"this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
"hash in the database?)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
msgid "Security"
msgstr "ความปลอดภัย"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
msgid ""
"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
msgid ""
"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@ -839,20 +825,20 @@ msgid ""
"access control management, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
msgid ""
"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
"following security-related topics:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
msgid ""
"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
":ref:`db_manager_security`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
msgid ""
"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@ -861,14 +847,14 @@ msgid ""
"databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
msgid ""
"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
msgid ""
"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
"filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@ -878,7 +864,7 @@ msgid ""
"backend."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@ -888,7 +874,7 @@ msgid ""
"option)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
msgid ""
"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@ -897,20 +883,20 @@ msgid ""
":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
msgid ""
"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
msgid ""
"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
msgid ""
"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@ -920,7 +906,7 @@ msgid ""
":ref:`https_proxy`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
msgid ""
"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@ -930,28 +916,28 @@ msgid ""
"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
msgid ""
"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
msgid ""
"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
"should consult with them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
msgid ""
"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
"precautions as for production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@ -966,7 +952,7 @@ msgid ""
"control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@ -981,18 +967,26 @@ msgid ""
"this purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
msgid ""
"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
msgid ""
"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
msgid ""
"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
"scope of this guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
msgstr ""
@ -1466,34 +1460,42 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Windows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
msgid ""
"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
"Windows platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
msgid ""
"Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
msgid ""
"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
msgid ""
"Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
"prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
msgid "Go through the installation steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
msgstr ""
@ -2299,44 +2301,190 @@ msgid ""
" Outlook using OAuth authentication."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
msgid "Multiple user configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
msgid ""
"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
"<email_communication/default>`."
"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
"users in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
msgid ""
"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
msgid ""
"For more information on the from filter visit: "
":ref:`email_communication/default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
msgid ""
"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
"address will change:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
msgid ""
"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
"to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
msgid ""
"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
"email server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "ตั้งค่า"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
msgid ""
"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
" for this server should have the value of the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
msgid ""
"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
msgid ""
"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "User #1 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "User #2 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid "Notifications mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "System Parameters"
msgstr "พารามิเตอร์ของระบบ"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
msgid ""
"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@ -2347,7 +2495,7 @@ msgid ""
"account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
@ -4067,6 +4215,14 @@ msgid ""
"<email_communication/default>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@ -6393,10 +6549,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "ตั้งค่า"
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
msgid ""
"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n"
@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
msgid "Cash drawer"
msgstr ""
@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
msgid "Barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
@ -2330,11 +2330,486 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgid "Epson configuration special case"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
msgid ""
"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
"models do not support this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "TM-U220"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
msgid "TM-U230"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "TM-P60"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
msgid "TMP-P60II"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
msgid ""
"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
"instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
msgid ""
"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
" command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid ""
"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid ""
"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
msgid ""
"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
"Things)` box homepage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
msgid ""
"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
msgid ""
"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
"disappeared."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
msgid ""
"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
"the name of the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
msgid ""
"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
" *` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
msgid ""
"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
msgid ""
"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
"*`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
msgid ""
"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
msgid ""
"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
msgid ""
"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
" specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid ""
"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
" not specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
msgid ""
"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
"depending on the printer model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
msgid ""
"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
"these parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid "Proper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
msgid ""
"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
"might not have the expected printed output):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
" parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
msgid ""
"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
msgid ""
"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
"server (this could take a few minutes)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
msgid ""
"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
msgid ""
"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
msgid ""
"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
" theory):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
msgid ""
"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
"random characters will print:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
msgid ""
"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
"the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
msgid ""
"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
"`ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
msgid ""
"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
msgid ""
"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
"the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
msgid ""
"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
" the *density* parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
msgid ""
"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
" printed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
msgid ""
"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
msgid ""
"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
"convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
msgid ""
"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
msgid "Here are some examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt example format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@ -2343,18 +2818,18 @@ msgid ""
" the corresponding template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
msgid ""
"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
msgid ""
"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@ -2362,11 +2837,11 @@ msgid ""
"the correct format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@ -2375,18 +2850,18 @@ msgid ""
"Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
msgid ""
"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@ -2397,11 +2872,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
msgid ""
"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

View File

@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
msgstr ""
@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
msgid "Configuration sample"
msgstr ""
@ -527,141 +527,147 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
"multiprocessing."
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
"multi-threading or multi-processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
msgid ""
"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
"make the best use of the hardware."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
msgid ""
"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
"option out or setting it to ``0``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
msgid ""
"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
" resources exhaustion"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
msgid "Worker number calculation"
"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
"kill/restart failed workers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
msgid ""
"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
msgid ""
"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
"server is not available on Windows."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
msgid "Worker number calculation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
msgid "memory size calculation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
msgid ""
"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
"ones"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
msgid ""
"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
msgid ""
"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
" of RAM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
msgid ""
"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
msgid "LiveChat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
msgid ""
"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
"but the client will not connect to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
msgid ""
"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
msgid ""
"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
"have Odoo read those headers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
msgid ""
"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
msgid ""
"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@ -669,43 +675,43 @@ msgid ""
"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
msgid ""
"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
msgid ""
"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
"connections to the secure port"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
msgid ""
"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@ -715,87 +721,67 @@ msgid ""
"configuration file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
msgid ""
"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "Cron Workers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
msgid ""
"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
"setting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
msgid ""
"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
"False`` in the configuration file"
"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
" cli options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
msgid ""
"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
msgid ""
"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
"for notifications."
"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
" be used for all other requests."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
msgid ""
"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
msgid ""
"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
" cron instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
msgid ""
"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
msgid "Serving Static Files"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
msgid ""
"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
"modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
"files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
msgid ""
"Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
"can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@ -803,30 +789,30 @@ msgid ""
"in the various addons paths."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Зробити"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
msgid ""
"test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
"this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
"hash in the database?)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Безпека"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
msgid ""
"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
msgid ""
"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@ -836,20 +822,20 @@ msgid ""
"access control management, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
msgid ""
"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
"following security-related topics:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
msgid ""
"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
":ref:`db_manager_security`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
msgid ""
"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@ -858,14 +844,14 @@ msgid ""
"databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
msgid ""
"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
msgid ""
"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
"filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@ -875,7 +861,7 @@ msgid ""
"backend."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@ -885,7 +871,7 @@ msgid ""
"option)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
msgid ""
"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@ -894,20 +880,20 @@ msgid ""
":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
msgid ""
"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
msgid ""
"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
msgid ""
"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@ -917,7 +903,7 @@ msgid ""
":ref:`https_proxy`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
msgid ""
"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@ -927,28 +913,28 @@ msgid ""
"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
msgid ""
"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
msgid ""
"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
"should consult with them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
msgid ""
"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
"precautions as for production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@ -963,7 +949,7 @@ msgid ""
"control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@ -978,18 +964,26 @@ msgid ""
"this purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
msgid ""
"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
msgid ""
"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
msgid ""
"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
"scope of this guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
msgstr ""
@ -1463,34 +1457,42 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Windows"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
msgid ""
"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
"Windows platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
msgid ""
"Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
msgid ""
"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
msgid ""
"Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
"prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
msgid "Go through the installation steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
msgstr ""
@ -2296,44 +2298,190 @@ msgid ""
" Outlook using OAuth authentication."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
msgid "Multiple user configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
msgid ""
"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
"<email_communication/default>`."
"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
"users in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
msgid ""
"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
msgid ""
"For more information on the from filter visit: "
":ref:`email_communication/default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
msgid ""
"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
"address will change:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
msgid ""
"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
"to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
msgid ""
"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
"email server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Встановлення"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
msgid ""
"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
" for this server should have the value of the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
msgid ""
"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
msgid ""
"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "User #1 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "User #2 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid "Notifications mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "System Parameters"
msgstr "Параметри системи"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
msgid ""
"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@ -2344,7 +2492,7 @@ msgid ""
"account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
@ -4065,6 +4213,14 @@ msgid ""
"<email_communication/default>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@ -6461,10 +6617,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Встановлення"
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
msgid ""
"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:78
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:80
msgid "Read"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Читати"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:43
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:62

View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
@ -180,41 +180,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого "
"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете "
"перетворити зображення в карусель."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-"
"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки "
"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати "
"майстер завантаження."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі "
"є)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Product variants"

View File

@ -20,17 +20,17 @@
# Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
# Raven Allmind, 2023
# Wil Odoo, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Raven Allmind, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "仅显示名称以“mycompany”开头的数据库"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
msgstr ""
@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
msgid "Configuration sample"
msgstr "配置示例"
@ -570,76 +570,90 @@ msgstr "内置服务器"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
"multiprocessing."
msgstr "Odoo包括内置的HTTP服务器使用多线程或多处理。"
"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
"multi-threading or multi-processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
msgid ""
"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
msgstr "对于生产用途,建议使用多处理服务器,因为它可以提高稳定性,更好地利用计算资源,并且可以更好地监控和资源限制。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
msgid ""
"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
"make the best use of the hardware."
msgstr ""
"通过配置option启用多处理“非零数量的工作进程 <odoo-bin "
"--workers>”工作线程的数量应基于机器中的核心数量可能为cron工作线程提供一些空间具体取决于预测的cron工作量"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
msgid ""
"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
" resources exhaustion"
msgstr "可以根据硬件配置配置辅助角色限制,以避免资源耗尽"
"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
"option out or setting it to ``0``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
msgstr "多处理模式目前在 Windows 上不可用"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
msgid ""
"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
"kill/restart failed workers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
msgid ""
"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
msgid ""
"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
"server is not available on Windows."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
msgid "Worker number calculation"
msgstr "工作人员数量计算"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
msgstr "经验法则 #CPU * 2 + 1"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
msgstr "Cron workers 需要 CPU"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
msgstr "1 个工作线程 ~= 6 个并发用户"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
msgid "memory size calculation"
msgstr "内存大小计算"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
msgid ""
"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
"ones"
msgstr "我们认为 20% of 请求是繁重的请求,而 80% a是更简单的请求"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
msgid ""
"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
msgstr "一个繁重的工作当所有计算字段都设计得很好SQL请求设计得很好...估计消耗约1GB的内存"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
msgid ""
"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
" of RAM"
msgstr "在相同的情况下较轻的工作线程估计会消耗大约150MB的RAM。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
msgid ""
"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
@ -647,73 +661,58 @@ msgstr ""
"所需 RAM = #worker * light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation + "
"heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation "
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
msgid "LiveChat"
msgstr "在线聊天"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
msgid ""
"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
"but the client will not connect to it."
"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
msgstr ""
"在多处理中一个专用的LiveChat工作线程会自动启动并侦听option“长波端口 <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>”,但客户端不会连接到它。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
msgid ""
"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
msgstr ""
"相反您必须有一个代理其URL以“/longpolling/”开头的请求重定向到长投票端口。其他请求应代理到 option`normal HTTP"
" port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
msgid ""
"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
"have Odoo read those headers."
msgstr ""
"要实现这样的事情你需要在Odoo前面部署一个反向代理比如nginx或apache。这样做时您需要将更多的http标头转发到Odoo并在Odoo配置中激活proxy_mode以使Odoo读取这些标头。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
msgstr "具有 4 个 CPU、8 个线程的服务器"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
msgid "60 concurrent users"
msgstr "60 个并发用户"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
msgstr "60 个用户 / 6 = 10 < - 需要的工人理论数量"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
msgstr "4 * 2 + 1 = 9 <理论最大工人数"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
msgid ""
"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
msgstr "我们将使用 8 个 worker + 1 个 cron。我们还将使用监视系统来测量CPU负载并检查它是否在7和7.5之间。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
msgstr "RAM = 9 * 0.8*150 + 0.2*1024 ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
msgid ""
"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@ -723,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"无论是通过网站/网络客户端还是网络服务访问Odoo都会以明文形式传输身份验证信息。这意味着Odoo的安全部署必须使用HTTPS\\ "
"[#switching]_。SSL 终止可以通过几乎任何 SSL 终止代理实现,但需要以下设置:"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
msgid ""
"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
@ -731,37 +730,37 @@ msgstr ""
"启用 Odoo 的 option'proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>'.仅当 Odoo "
"位于反向代理后面时,才应启用此功能</odoo-bin>"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
msgstr "设置 SSL 终止代理“Nginx 终止示例”)`"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
msgstr "设置代理本身(`Nginx代理示例`_"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
msgid ""
"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
"connections to the secure port"
msgstr "您的 SSL 终止代理还应自动将不安全的连接重定向到安全端口"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
msgstr "将 http 请求重定向到 https"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
msgstr "对 odoo 的代理请求"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
msgstr "在 ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set中"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
msgstr "Odoo 作为 WSGI 应用程序"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
msgid ""
"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@ -773,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"也可以将Odoo作为标准WSGI_应用。Odoo为WSGI启动器脚本提供了“odoo-"
"wsgi.example.py”的基础。应该自定义该脚本可能是在从安装目录复制它之后以直接在mod`odoo.tools.config`中正确设置配置,而不是通过命令行或配置文件。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
msgid ""
"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
@ -782,87 +781,60 @@ msgstr ""
"但是WSGI 服务器将仅公开 Web 客户端、网站和 Web 服务 API 的主 HTTP "
"终结点。因为Odoo不再控制工人的创建所以它无法设置cron或livechat工人"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "Cron Workers"
msgstr "Cron Workers"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
msgstr "要将 Odoo 部署的 cron 作业作为 WSGI 应用程序运行,需要"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
msgstr "一个经典的Odoo通过“odoo-bin”运行"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
msgid ""
"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
msgstr "连接到必须运行 cron 作业的数据库(通过 option`odoo-bin -d`"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
msgid ""
"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
"False`` in the configuration file"
"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
"setting."
msgstr ""
"这不应该暴露给网络。为了确保 cron 运行器无法通过网络访问,可以使用 option`odoo-bin --no-http` 或在配置文件中设置 "
"``http_enable = False`` 完全禁用内置 HTTP 服务器"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
msgid ""
"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
" cli options."
msgstr ""
"WSGI部署的第二个有问题的子系统是LiveChat大多数HTTP连接相对较短并且可以快速释放其工作进程以用于下一个请求LiveChat需要为每个客户端建立长期连接以实现近乎实时的通知。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
msgid ""
"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
"for notifications."
"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
" be used for all other requests."
msgstr ""
"这与基于流程的工作线程模型相冲突,因为它会占用工作线程并阻止新用户访问系统。但是,这些长期存在的连接作用很小,并且大多停留在等待通知的状态。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
msgid ""
"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
msgstr "在WSGI应用程序中支持实时聊天/motization的解决方案包括"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
msgid ""
"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
" cron instance."
"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
msgstr ""
"部署Odoo的线程版本而不是基于进程的预分叉版本并仅将请求重定向到以“/longpolling/”开头的URL到该Odoo这是最简单的长投票URL可以兼作cron实例。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
msgid ""
"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
"port>`."
msgstr ""
"通过``odoo-gevent``部署事件Odoo并以``/longpolling/``开头的代理请求到option`the "
"longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>`。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
msgid "Serving Static Files"
msgstr "提供静态文件"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
msgid ""
"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
"modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
"files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
msgstr "为了便于开发Odoo直接提供其模块中的所有静态文件。在性能方面这可能并不理想静态文件通常应由静态HTTP服务器提供。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
msgid ""
"Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
"can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@ -871,30 +843,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Odoo静态文件存在于每个模块的“static/”文件夹中因此可以通过拦截对samp'/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}'的所有请求,并在各种插件路径中查找正确的模块(和文件)来提供静态文件。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "待办"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
msgid ""
"test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
"this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
"hash in the database?)"
msgstr "测试通过此方式提供文件存储附件是否有趣以及如何例如将ir.attachment id映射到数据库中的文件存储哈希的可能性"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
msgid "Security"
msgstr "安全"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
msgid ""
"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
msgstr "首先,请记住,保护信息系统是一个连续的过程,而不是一次性操作。在任何时候,您都只能像环境中最薄弱的环节一样安全。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
msgid ""
"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@ -905,20 +877,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"因此,请不要将此部分视为防止所有安全问题的最终措施列表。它仅作为安全行动计划中应确保包含的第一个重要事项的摘要。其余的将来自操作系统和发行版的最佳安全实践,用户,密码和访问控制管理等方面的最佳实践。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
msgid ""
"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
"following security-related topics:"
msgstr "部署面向互联网的服务器时,请务必考虑以下与安全相关的主题:"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
msgid ""
"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
":ref:`db_manager_security`."
msgstr "始终设置强超级管理员密码并在系统设置后立即限制对数据库管理页面的访问。请参阅ref`db_manager_security`。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
msgid ""
"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@ -928,7 +900,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"为所有数据库上的所有管理员帐户选择唯一登录名和强密码。不要使用“admin”作为登录名。不要将这些登录名用于日常操作仅用于控制/管理安装。*从不*使用任何默认密码,如管理员/管理员,即使对于测试/临时数据库也是如此。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
msgid ""
"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
@ -937,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr ""
"不要 **要 "
"**面向互联网的服务器上安装演示数据。包含演示数据的数据库包含默认登录名和密码,可用于进入系统并造成重大麻烦,即使在暂存/开发系统上也是如此。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
msgid ""
"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
"filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@ -950,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"根据主机名限制数据库的可见性。请参阅ref`db_filter`。您还可以使用 option`-d <odoo-bin -d=\"\">` "
"来提供您自己的(逗号分隔的)可用数据库列表,以便从中进行筛选,而不是让系统从数据库后端获取所有数据库。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@ -962,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr ""
"一旦配置了“db_name”和“db_filter”并且每个主机名只匹配一个数据库则应将“list_db”配置选项设置为“False”以防止完全列出数据库并阻止对数据库管理屏幕的访问这也显示为option`--no-"
"database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>`命令行选项)"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
msgid ""
"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@ -974,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr ""
"不是超级用户并且您的数据库由其他用户拥有。例如如果您使用的是专用的非特权“db_user”则可以由“postgres”超级用户拥有。另请参阅 "
"ref`setup/deploy/odoo`。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
msgid ""
"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
@ -983,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr ""
"通过 GitHub 定期安装最新版本,或者从 https://www.odoo.com/page/download 或 "
"http://nightly.odoo.com 下载最新版本,从而保持安装更新"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
msgid ""
"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
msgstr "在多进程模式下配置服务器,并具有与典型使用(内存/CPU/超时匹配的适当限制。另请参阅ref`builtin_server`。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
msgid ""
"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@ -1002,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr ""
"代理配置为限制请求的大小,设置适当的超时,然后启用 option`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` "
"选项。另请参阅ref`https_proxy`。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
msgid ""
"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@ -1014,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr ""
"如果需要允许对服务器进行远程 SSH 访问,请确保为 **all** "
"帐户设置强密码而不仅仅是“root”。强烈建议完全禁用基于密码的身份验证并且仅允许公钥身份验证。还要考虑限制通过VPN的访问仅允许防火墙中的受信任IP和/或运行暴力检测系统如“fail2ban”或等效系统。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
msgid ""
"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
@ -1022,21 +994,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"请考虑在代理或防火墙上安装适当的速率限制以防止暴力攻击和拒绝服务攻击。另请参阅ref`login_brute_force`了解具体措施。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
msgid ""
"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
"should consult with them."
msgstr "许多网络提供商为分布式拒绝服务攻击 DDOS 提供自动缓解措施,但这通常是一项可选服务,因此您应该咨询他们。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
msgid ""
"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
"precautions as for production."
msgstr "只要有可能,就将面向公众的演示/测试/过渡实例托管在与生产计算机不同的计算机上。并应用与生产相同的安全预防措施。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@ -1056,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr ""
" IP 流量访问控制<http://0pointer.net/blog/ip-accounting-and-access-lists-with-"
"systemd.html>”_ 对于实现每个进程的网络访问控制也可能很有用。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
msgid ""
"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@ -1074,18 +1046,26 @@ msgstr ""
" WAF、负载均衡器或代理服务的特定 IP "
"地址访问终结点外无法公开访问终结点。为此像CloudFlare这样的服务提供商通常会维护其IP地址范围的公共列表。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
msgid ""
"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
msgstr "如果您托管多个客户请使用容器或适当的“jail”技术将客户数据和文件彼此隔离。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
msgid ""
"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
msgstr "设置数据库和文件存储数据的每日备份,并将它们复制到无法从服务器本身访问的远程存档服务器。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
msgid ""
"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
"scope of this guide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
msgstr "阻止暴力破解攻击"
@ -1568,34 +1548,42 @@ msgstr "下载后可以使用“dnf”包管理器安装包"
msgid "Windows"
msgstr "Windows"
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
msgid ""
"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
"Windows platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
msgid ""
"Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
msgstr "执行下载的文件。"
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
msgid ""
"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
msgid ""
"Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
"prompt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
msgid "Go through the installation steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
msgstr ""
@ -2401,44 +2389,190 @@ msgid ""
" Outlook using OAuth authentication."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
msgid "Multiple user configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
msgid ""
"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
"<email_communication/default>`."
"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
"users in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
msgid ""
"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
"parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
msgid ""
"For more information on the from filter visit: "
":ref:`email_communication/default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
msgid ""
"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
"address will change:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
msgid ""
"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
"to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
msgid ""
"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
"email server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "设置"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
msgid ""
"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
msgid ""
"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
" for this server should have the value of the "
"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
msgid ""
"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
msgid ""
"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "User #1 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "User #2 mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid "Notifications mailbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
msgid ""
"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
"`notifications@example.com`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
msgid "System Parameters"
msgstr "系统参数"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
msgid "Configure incoming email server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
msgid ""
"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@ -2449,7 +2583,7 @@ msgid ""
"account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
@ -4228,6 +4362,14 @@ msgid ""
"<email_communication/default>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
" menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@ -6684,10 +6826,6 @@ msgstr "上载您刚刚在远程存储库的 *master* 分支中添加的更改
msgid "SSH"
msgstr "SSH"
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "设置"
#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
msgid ""
"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
@ -523,7 +523,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@ -1858,6 +1857,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
@ -1948,55 +1948,191 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
@ -11836,6 +11972,330 @@ msgid ""
"assemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表"

View File

@ -9,20 +9,20 @@
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023
# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023
# zhao yonghui, 2023
# Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
msgid "Cash drawer"
msgstr ""
@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
msgid "Barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
@ -2364,11 +2364,486 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Epson和Star收据打印机和Zebra标签打印机不需要驱动程序即可工作。确保没有为这些打印机选择驱动程序。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgid "Epson configuration special case"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
msgid ""
"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
"models do not support this command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "TM-U220"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
msgid "TM-U230"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "TM-P60"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
msgid "TMP-P60II"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
msgid ""
"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
"instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
msgid ""
"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
" command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid ""
"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
"compatible printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid ""
"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
msgid ""
"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
"Things)` box homepage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
msgid ""
"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
msgid ""
"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
"disappeared."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
msgid ""
"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
"the name of the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
msgid ""
"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
" *` command."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
msgid ""
"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
msgid ""
"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
"*`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
msgid ""
"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
msgid ""
"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
msgid ""
"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
" specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid ""
"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
" not specified)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
msgid ""
"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
"depending on the printer model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
msgid ""
"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
"these parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid "Proper name formatting:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
msgid ""
"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
"might not have the expected printed output):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
" parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
msgid ""
"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
msgid ""
"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
msgid ""
"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
"server (this could take a few minutes)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
msgid ""
"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
msgid ""
"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
msgid ""
"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
" theory):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
msgid ""
"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
"random characters will print:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
msgid ""
"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
"the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
msgid ""
"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
"<https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
"`ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
msgid ""
"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
msgid ""
"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
"the printer in question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
msgid ""
"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
" the *density* parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
msgid ""
"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
" printed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
msgid ""
"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
msgid ""
"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
"convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
msgid ""
"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
msgid "Here are some examples:"
msgstr "示例如下:"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt example format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
msgid ""
"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@ -2377,18 +2852,18 @@ msgid ""
" the corresponding template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
msgid ""
"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr "条码扫描器读取的字符与条码不匹配"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
msgid ""
"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@ -2396,11 +2871,11 @@ msgid ""
"the correct format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr "扫描条形码时不会发生任何情况"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@ -2409,18 +2884,18 @@ msgid ""
"Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr "条形码扫描仪被检测为键盘"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
msgid ""
"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@ -2431,11 +2906,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
msgid ""
"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
@ -184,31 +184,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr "管理我的产品"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片"
msgid "Multiple images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片,可以将图片设为旋转模式。"
"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
"see additional images with the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Showing the carousel view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "在 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 配置 --> 设置,中选择勾选 *每个产品多张图片* 。"
"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
"a media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
msgstr "打开产品详细表格,从 *图片* 页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击 *创建* ,打开上传指引。"
"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
"add additional ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量(如有)而言是很普遍的。"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
msgid "Creating extra product media."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "Product variants"